Product Overview
Transcription
Product Overview
Product Overview Extending Visibility Across Your Enterprise with Constant Supply of High Quality and Innovative Products Our most popular European products can now be chosen from our extensive component range OV-01B-UK Index (Select product according to features and family series) 1 Air Preparation 2 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation 3 Solenoid Valves 4 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves 5 Check and Flow Control Valves 6 Linear Actuators 7 Electrical Actuators 8 Rotary Actuators 9 Grippers 10 Auto Switches for Pneumatic Actuators 11 Vacuum 12 Fittings and Tubing Others, catalogue and web site information, Others This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 1 2 Air Preparation Air Preparation 1 Air Preparation 1 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 3 Air Preparation Modular F.R.L. Unit Air Preparation Reduction New Series AC 1 Improved visibility for lubricant drip with graduation for lubricant control. Graduation Space-saving design The use of a compact spacer with bracket reduces the total assembly space. 14 AC25 AC2500 14 AC30 AC3000 14 AC40 AC4000 18 AC40-06 AC4000-06 3 2 Old 9 1 Spacer with bracket 18 AC50 AC5000 18 AC55 AC5500 18 AC60 AC6000 18 Embedded pressure gauge is a standard feature. Ozone resistant rubber material (HNBR) Improved relief sensitivity Float type auto drain with excellent operability is used for compact models (AF10, 20). Drain cock is easy-to-use rotary type. Improved installation Bracket with spacer Retainer Knob cover Prevents careless adjustment of the pressure setting. Lock cover Keyhole dia.: ø8 Lock (supplied by customer) Part no. AR20P-580AS Lever pin q Attach the component into the fitting of the spacer with bracket. w Lock the lever pin into the retainer. (temporary installation) Bolt Model AC20/AR20/AR20K/AW20, AW20K/AWM20/AWD20 AR25P-580AS AC25/AR25/AR25K AR30P-580AS AC30/AR30/AR30K/AW30, AW30K/AWM30/AWD30 AR40P-580AS AC40(-06)/AR40(-06)/ AR40K(-06)/AW40(-06)/ AW40K(-06)/AWM40/AWD40 e Tighten the bolt. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 4 SMC 6 4 AC2000 5 AC1000 AC20 4 AC10 8 Reduction (mm) Old 7 Model New Air Preparation Modular System Series AC • Optimal stacking manifold for use as single device, and for different device combinations. • Standard sizes with port M5 to G1/2 (G 3/4 and G1). • Bowl protection from size 30 standard. • Filter with optional manual or automatic drain. • Wide range of accessories for custom variants. • 3 bowl materials for different types of use (polycarbonate, nylon, metal). • Superior flow capacity with compact dimensions. • Temperature range -5 to 60°. Filter Regulator+Lubricator Series AC • Simple assembly system for stacking the various parts and accessories. • Wide range of accessories for custom variants. • 3 bowl materials for different types of use (polycarbonate, nylon, metal). • Temperature range -5 to 60° C. • Filter regulator with optional manual or automatic drain. • Vertical mounting position. Part number 1) AC10-M5 AC20-F01 AC20-F02 AC30-F02 AC30-F03 AC40-F03 AC40-F04 AC40-F06 AC50-F06 AC60-F10 Port Size M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 Set pressure range MPa Drain type Filtration Circuit Symbols 1 0.05 to 0.7 1 5 µm Manual (optional: 2, discharge 10, 20, 40, 0.05 to 0.85 1) 70, 100 µm) Air Preparation Air Filter+Regulator+Lubricator 1) Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more 2) Add sufiix E at the end of reference for square gauge added. 3) Add sufiix G at the end of reference for round gauge added. Part number 1) AC10A-M5 AC20A-F01 AC20A-F02 AC30A-F02 AC30A-F03 AC40A-F03 AC40A-F04 AC40A-F06 AC60A-F10 Port Size M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 Set pressure range MPa Drain type Filtration Circuit Symbols 0.05 to 0.7 5 µm Manual (optional: 2, discharge 0.05 to 0.85 10, 20, 40, 1) 70, 100 µm) 1) Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more 2) Add sufiix E at the end of reference for square gauge added. 3) Add sufiix G at the end of reference for round gauge added. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 5 Air Preparation Modular System Filter Air Preparation 1 Series AF * Part number AF10-M5 AF20-F01 AF20-F02 AF30-F02 AF30-F03 AF40-F03 AF40-F04 AF40-F06 AF50-F06 AF60-F10 Port Size Bowl capacity (cm3) M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 2,5 8 8 25 25 45 45 45 45 45 Drain type Filtration Circuit Symbols 5 µm * Manual (Option: 2, discharge 10, 20, 40, 70, 100 µm) * Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more • In stacking manifold or as single device. • Filtration degree 5 µm. • Optional manual or automatic drain. • 3 bowl materials for different types of use (polycarbonate, nylon, metal). • Filter cartridge element can be changed quickly. • Temperature range -5 to 60° C. • Vertical mounting position. Mist Separator Series AFM Bracket assembly Series 20 Series 30 Series 40 Series 40-F06 Series 50•60 AF20P-050AS AF30P-050AS AF40P-050AS AF40P-070AS AF50P-050AS Part number * AFM20-F01 AFM20-F02 AFM30-F02 AFM30-F03 AFM40-F04 AFM40-F06 Port Size Oil mist density Drain type G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Max.1.0 mg/m3 (ANR) * Manual discharge Filtration Circuit Symbols 0.3 µm * Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more • In stacking manifold or as single device 99.9% of oil mist removal. • Filtration degree 0.3 µm. • Filter cartridge element can be changed quickly. • Temperature range -5 to 60° C. • Vertical mounting position. Micro-Mist Separator Series AFD Bracket assembly Series 20 Series 30 Series 40 Series 40-F06 AF20P-050AS AF30P-050AS AF40P-050AS AF40P-070AS Part number * AFD20-F01 AFD20-F02 AFD30-F02 AFD30-F03 AFD40-F04 AFD40-F06 Port Size G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Oil mist density Drain type * Max.0.1 Manual mg/m3 (ANR) discharge Filtration Circuit Symbols 0.3 µm * Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more • 99.9% of oil mist removal. • Filtration 0.01 µm. • Filter cartridge element can be changed quickly. • Temperature range -5 to 60° C. • Vertical mounting position. Bracket assembly Series 20 Series 30 Series 40 Series 40-F06 AF20P-050AS AF30P-050AS AF40P-050AS AF40P-070AS This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 6 Air Preparation Modular System Series AR Part number AR10-M5 AR20-F01 AR20-F02 AR30-F03 AR40-F04 AR40-F06 AR50-F06 AR60-F10 Port Size Port size gauge Set pressure range MPa Rc1/16 0.05 to 0.7 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 Circuit Symbols 1 1 G1/8 Air Preparation Regulator 0.05 to 0.85 G1/4 1) Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open),only for size 30 or more 2) Add sufiix E at the end of reference for square gauge added. 3) Add sufiix G at the end of reference for round gauge added. Air regulator for 0.02 ~ 0.2 MPa • In stacking manifold or as single device. • Piston-type regulator (AR10) or diaphragm regulator (AR20-60), relieving type. • Panel mounting possible. • Temperature range -5 to 60° C. Regulator with Built-in Check Valve Series ARK Part number Port Size Pressure Gauge Port Size Set pressure range MPa M5 AR10-M5-1 Rc1/16 G1/8 AR20-F01-1 0.02 to 0.2 G1/4 AR20-F02-1 G1/8 G3/8 AR30-F03-1 G1/2 AR40-F04-1 G1/4 Regulador de precisión de acción directa Pressure Set pressure Part number Port Size Gauge range MPa Port Size ARP20-F02 ARP30-F03 ARP40-F04 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 Part number Port Size AR10-M5 AR20K-F01 AR20K-F02 AR30K-F02 AR30K-F03 AR40K-F03 AR40K-F04 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 0.005~0.4 Pressure Gauge Port Size Set pressure range MPa Rc1/16 0.05 to 0.7 Sensitivity Within 0.2% F.S. Circuit Symbols G1/8 0.05 to 0.85 G1/4 1) Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more 2) Add sufiix E at the end of reference for square gauge added. 3) Add sufiix G at the end of reference for round gauge added. • In stacking manifold or as single device. • Piston-type or diaphragm regulator, relieving type. • Dual pressure control for cylinder easily achieved. • Panel mounting possible. • Temperature range -5 to 60° C. Bracket assembly Series 20 Series 10 • In stacking manifold or as single device. • Piston-type or diaphragm regulator, relieving type. • Panel mounting possible. • Standard filtration degree 5 µm. • Temperature range -5 to 60° C. • Filter cartridge can be changed quickly. Series 30 Series 40 Series 50•60 AR10P-270AS AR20P-270AS AR25P-270AS AR30P-270AS AR40P-270AS AR50P-270AS Filter Regulator Series AW Series 25 Part number 1) AW10-M5 AW20-F01 AW20-F02 AW30-F02 AW30-F03 AW40-F02 AW40-F03 AW40-F04 AW40-F06 AW60-F06 AW60-F10 Port Size M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 Pressure Gauge Port Size Set pressure range MPa Rc1/16 0.05 to 0.7 Drain type Filtration Circuit Symbols G1/8 5 µm (OpManual tion: 2, 10, 0.05 to 0.85 discharge 20, 40, 70, 1) 100 µm G1/4 1) Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more 2) Add sufiix E at the end of reference for square gauge added. 3) Add sufiix G at the end of reference for round gauge added. Bracket assembly Series 10 Series 20 Series 30 Series 40 Series 60 AR10P-270AS AW20P-270AS AR30P-270AS AR40P-270AS AR60P-270AS This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 7 Air Preparation Modular System Lubricator Air Preparation 1 Series AL • To be used as stacking manifold or as single device. • Bowl protection from body size 30. • Lubricator adjustable with visual inspection. • Refillable under pressure from body size 30. • Temperature range -5 to 60° C. Regulator with Built-in Pressure Gauge Filter Regulator with Built-in Pressure Gauge Series ARG/AWG Part number Port Size Bowl capacity (cm3) Recommended lubricant M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 7 25 25 55 55 135 135 135 135 135 Class 1 Turbine oil ISO VG32 AL10-M5 AL20-F01 AL20-F02 AL30-F02 AL30-F03 AL40-F03 AL40-F04 AL40-F06 AL50-F06 AL60-F10 Circuit Symbols Bracket assembly Series 20 Series 30 Series 40 Series 40-F06 Series 50•60 AF20-050AS AF30P-050AS AF40P-050AS AF40P-070AS AF50P-050AS Part number Port Size G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 3/8 G 1/2 AG20-F01G1H * AG20-F02G1H * AG30-F02G1H * AG30-F03G1H * AG40-F03G1H * AG40-F04G1H * Set pressure range MPa Circuit Symbols ARG 0.05 to 0.85 AWG * R: Regulator with Built-in Pressure Gauge * W: Filter Regulator with Built-in Pressure Gauge • Visibility of pressure gauge is improved in various installation places. • Space saving, Labour saving: Panel-cut for pressure gauge is not necessary. • Installation and removal of pressure gauge cover is possible with one-touch. • Pressure gauge anti-revolving mechanism. Digital Pressure Switch Series ISE35 Bracket assembly Series 20 Series 30 Series 40 ARG20P-270AS ARG30P-270AS ARG40P-270AS Part number ISE35- * -65-L ** Pressure range (MPa) Switch output Power supply voltage 0 to 1 PNP open collector 1 output 12 to 24 VDC * N = Wiring botton entry R = Wiring top entry Digital Pressure Switch Details ** Option A = With accessories (AR/AW series) B = With accessories (ARM10/11 series) Lock pin M3 x 7 (Screw for aluminum materials) Digital pressure switch (Body only ) • Built-in pressure switch for AR/AW/ARM and AC series. • Switch replaceable. • 2 Colour display. • CE marking. • Enclosure: IP40. Adaptor Example) Regulator O-ring O-ring Wiring bottom entry Wiring top entry This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 8 Air Preparation Modular System Attachments TYPE Y0 TYPE Y00 Model Model type Y00T type Y0T Y100 Y200 Y300 Y400 Y500 Y600 Cross Interface Spacer with Bracket Applicable model 10 20 30 40 40-F06 50•60 Y10 Y20 Y30 Y40 Y50 Y60 TYPE Y00T TYPE Y0T Model Model type Y00T type Y0T Y100T Y200T Y300T Y400T Y500T Y600T Y10T Y20T Y30T Y40T Y50T Y60T Applicable model 10 20 30 40 40-F06 50•60 T-interface Piping Adapter • Using a T-interface facilitates the redirection of air flow. • A pipind adapter allows installation/removal of the component wthout removing the piping and thus makes maintenance easier. Model Model Y110-M5 Y210-F01 Y210-F02 Y310-F02 Y410-F03 Y510-F03 Y610-F04 Port size Applicable model M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 10 20 20 30 40 40-F06 50•60 E100-M5 E200-F01 E200-F02 E300-F02 E300-F03 E400-F04 E400-F06 E500-F06 E600-F06 E600-F10 1 • Pipings are possible in all 4 directions. Port size Applicable model M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G1 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 40-F06 50•60 50•60 1 Air Preparation Spacer Model Y14-M5 Y24-F01 Y24-F02 Y34-F01 Y34-F02 Y44-F02 Y44-F03 Y54-F03 Y54-F04 Port size M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 Applicable model 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 40-F06 40-F06 Check Valve • A check valve with intermediate air release port can be easily installed to prevent a back flow of lubricant when redirecting the air flow and releasing the air on the outlet side of the regulator. Model AKM2000-F01 AKM2000-F02 AKM3000-F02 AKM4000-F03 Port size Applicable model G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 20 20 30 40 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 9 Air Preparation Modular System Pressure Switch Air Preparation 1 Series IS1000M/E M: • For assembly between two devices (not possible directly behind AV and AW). E: • For assembly at the end of a maintenance unit. • Available for body sizes 20-60. • 0.7 MPa max. operating pressure. • Function: N.O. • Power consumption 2W/VA. • Temperature range –5 to 60° C. Pressure switch Port size Part number* G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 IS1000E-20F01-X215 IS1000E-20F02-X215 IS1000E-20F03-X215 IS1000E-30F02-X215 IS1000E-30F03-X215 IS1000E-30F04-X215 IS1000E-40F02-X215 IS1000E-40F03-X215 IS1000E-40F04-X215 IS1000E-40F06-X215 Applicable model AC20 AR20, AW20 AWM20, AWD20 AC25, AC30 AR25, AR30, AW30 AWM30, AWD30 AC40 AR40, AW40 AWM40, AWD40 Type E Set pressure range: 0.1~0.6MPa Part number* Applicable model IS1000M-20-X215 IS1000M-30-X215 IS1000M-40-X215 IS1000M-50-X215 IS1000M-60-X215 AC20 AC25, AC30 AC40 AC40-06 AC50, AC55, AC60 Set pressure range: 0.1~0.6MPa Type M Standard 3 Port Manually Operated Finger Valve Series VHS • To be used as stacking manifold or as single device. • Used to bleed the entire compressed air circuit. • Can be upgraded with a silencer. Part number Port Size Port Size Exhaust Effective flow (l/min) P→A (A→R) Adequate for series VHS20-F01 VHS20-F02 VHS30-F03 VHS40-F04 VHS50-F06 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 551 (600) 767 (876) 1692 (1584) 3119 (2785) 4472 (4078) 20 20 30 40-F04 50•60 3 port manually operated finger valve for residual pressure evacuation This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 10 Air Preparation Modular System Series AV • To be used as stacking manifold or as single device. • Safety feature, rapid bleeding of the operating pressure in the control system when switching on. • Pilot available, either pneumatic or with solenoid valve. • Flow characteristics can be set using a needle valve for throttling. Condensate Discharge Valve Series EAD402 Part number. With solenoid valve EAV2000-F02-4YZ-Q EAV2000-F02-5YZ-Q EAV3000-F03-4YZ-Q EAV3000-F03-5YZ-Q EAV4000-F04-4YZ-Q EAV4000-F04-5YZ-Q EAV5000-F06-4YZ-Q EAV5000-F06-5YZ-Q EAV5000-F10-4YZ-Q EAV5000-F10-5YZ-Q Air operated EAVA2000-F02 EAVA3000-F03 EAVA4000-F04 Voltage Port Size Flow (l/min) 1P→2A (2A→3R) Adequate for series G1/4 1170 (1365) 20 G3/8 2165 (2840) 30 G1/2 3545 (4415) 40-F04 G3/4 6161 (7197) G1 6650 (7688) G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 1170 (1365) 2165 (2840) 3545 (4415) 220V AC 24V DC 220V AC 24V DC 220V AC 24V DC 220V AC 24V DC 220V AC 24V DC — — — 1 1 Air Preparation Soft Start-up Valve 50, 60 20 30 40-F04 Part number. Port Size Port Size Drain Condensate quantity EAD402-F02 EAD402-F03 EAD402-F04 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/8” 30 cm3 Types to 1.6 MPa operation pressure on request • Nylon bowl. • Mounting position: vertical at the deepest point of the system to be emptied. • Temperature range: -5 to 60° C. • Operating pressure range: 0.1 to 1 MPa. Heavy Duty Auto Drain Part number. Series ADH4000 ADH4000-F04 Port Size Port Size Drain Condensate quantity Bracket set G 1/2 G 1/2 400 cc/min BM58 • Suitable for dirty water drain. • Easy manintenance. • No need for electric power and no waste of air. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 11 Air Preparation Refrigeration Refrigeration Air Dryer Series IDFA • High Efficiency Heat Exchanger. • Ozone Friendly Refrigerants. • High performance, reliable and trouble free compressed air treatment from SMC. • State of the art design ensuring a constant 3°C pressure dewpoint. • Enviromentally ozone friendly 134a and 407c refrigerant gases. • Simple control system,incorporating easy to read avaporator gauge. • Stainless steel heat exchanger providing long life and low pressure drops. • Compact design for ease of installation. • 10mm push-in condensate drain port. Standard Specifications Specification IDFA3E-23 Operating Rated Ranges conditions Inlet air pressure (bar) Inlet air temperature (°C) Ambient temperature Inlet air pressure (bar) Inlet air temperature (°C) Ambient temperature Air inlet/outlet port connection Drain connection (mm) Power source Rated current (A) Refrigerant Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) Electrical Spec. Rc3/8 Dimensions Air Preparation 1 1.2 470 266 390 18 IDFA4E-23 IDFA6E-23-K IDFA8E-23-K IDF11E-23-K IDFA15E-23-K IDFA22E-23-K IDFA37E-23-K IDFA55E-23-K IDFA75E-23-K 7 bar 35°C 25°C 1,5~10 bar 5~50°C 2~40°C (Relative Humidity of 85% or less) Rc1/2 Rc3/4 Rc1 Rc1 10 AC230V (50Hz) 1.2 1.2 1.4 2.7 3.0 4.3 HFC134a 565 578 623 495 495 565 270 300 290 270 270 270 465 603 775 435 435 465 28 46 54 22 23 27 Rc1-1/2 Rc2 4.3 5.4 HFC407c 623 800 290 470 855 855 62 100 Flow Table Model IDFA3E-23 IDFA4E-23 IDFA6E-23-K IDFA8E-23-K IDFA11E-23-K IDFA15E-23-K IDFA22E-23-K IDFA37E-23-K IDFA55E-23 IDFA75E-23 3°C 7°C l/min 10°C 3°C 7°C m3/hr 10°C 200 400 600 1080 1330 2000 3030 4550 6500 11000 250 510 765 1375 1690 2540 3850 5780 7200 12000 280 560 840 1515 1865 2800 4235 6360 8500 13700 12 24 36 65 80 120 182 273 390 660 15 31 46 83 101 152 231 347 432 720 17 34 50 91 112 168 254 382 510 822 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 12 7.9 900 470 855 116 Air Preparation Filtration Part number Series AMG AMG150C-F01C AMG250C-F02D AMG350C-F03D AMG350C-F04D AMG450C-F04D AMG550C-F06D AMG650-F10D AMG650-F14D AMG850-F20D • Water separation rate 99% . • Standard automatic drain. • Lower pressure drop. • Operating pressure range 0.15 to 1.0MPa. • Device is self-cleaning and thus maintenance-free. Port Size Max. flow (l/min) Suitable compressor capacity in Kw Spare filter element G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1 1/2 G2 300 750 1500 1500 2200 3500 6000 6000 12000 2,2 5,5 11 11 15 22 37 37 75 AMG-EL150 AMG-EL250 AMG-EL350 AMG-EL350 AMG-EL450 AMG-EL550 AMG-EL650 AMG-EL650 AMG-EL850 Bracket assembly 250 150 350 BM51 BM52 450 BM53 BM54 550 650 850 BM55 BM56 BM57 Series AMG Membrane Air Dryer Series IDG • Functions on water-permeable membrane priciple. • The air is exchanged in the membrane and the air moisture is released via the purge air directly to the atmosphere. • As a single device or combined with AFM mist separator and AFD micro mist separator. • No external energy supply required. • Coolant-free. Air inlet Part number Port Size G Purge air Flow on the outlet side Suitable for series AFM/AFD IDG1-F02 IDG3-F01 IDG5-F01 IDG10-F02 IDG20-F02 IDG30-F03 IDG50-F03 IDG60-F03 IDG75-F04 IDG100-F04 IDG3H-F01 IDG5H-F01 IDG10H-F02 IDG20H-F02 IDG30H-F03 IDG50H-F03 IDG60H-F03 IDG75H-F04 IDG100H-F04 IDG30L-F03 IDG50L-F03 IDG60L-F03 IDG75L-F04 IDG100L-F04 IDG60S-F03 IDG75S-F04 IDG100S-F04 1/4 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/8 1/2 1/2 2.5 l/min 6 l/min 12 l/min 25 l/min 50 l/min 75 l/min 125 l/min 125 l/min 150 l/min 190 l/min 3 l/min 6 l/min 11 l/min 22 l/min 35 l/min 60 l/min 65 l/min 80 l/min 110 l/min 25 l/min 40 l/min 57 l/min 80 l/min 100 l/min 27 l/min 54 l/min 85 l/min 10 l/min 25 l/min 50 l/min 100 l/min 200 l/min 300 l/min 500 l/min 600 l/min 750 l/min 1000 l/min 25 l/min 50 l/min 100 l/min 200 l/min 300 l/min 500 l/min 600 l/min 750 l/min 1000 l/min 75 l/min 110 l/min 170 l/min 240 l/min 300 l/min 50 l/min 100 l/min 150 l/min – Max. attainable dew point 20 30 -20°C 40 – 20 30 -15°C 40 – 40 -40°C 40 -60°C Bracket assembly Exhaust air Series IDG3,5 Series IDG10 Series IDG20 Series IDG30•50 Dry air BM59 BM61 BM63 BM64 Series IDG60•75•100 BM65 Air/Gas Water droplets This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 13 1 1 Air Preparation Water Separator Air Preparation Filtration Air Filter Series EAF800/900 Air Preparation 1 Part number. Port Size *Flow (l/min) Bowl capacity EAF811-F14 EAF911-F20 G1 1/2 G2 8000 15000 180cm3 * at 0.7 MPa set pressure • Superior flow capacity. • Filtration degree 5 µm (2, 10, 20, 40, 70, 100 µm on request). • Temperature range 5 to 60° C. • Automatic drain. Main Line Filter: Series AFF Part number. • Series AFF is mounted to main piping to remove impurities like oil, water and particles in compressed air. • Fine filtration of compressed air (3 µm filtration degree). • Temperature range 5 to 60° C. • Operating pressure range 0.05 to1.0 MPa. • Automatic drain standard (different versions possible). • Solid construction with viewing window. AFF2C-F03D-T AFF4C-F04D-T AFF8C-F06D-T AFF11C-F06D-T AFF22C-F10D-T AFF37B-F14D-T AFF75B-F20D-T Port Size Max. flow (l/min) Max. flow (m3/h) G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1 1/2 G2 300 750 1500 2200 3500 6000 12000 18 45 90 132 210 360 720 Mist Separator: Series AM • Fine filtration of compressed air (0.3 µm filtration degree). • Temperature range 5 to 60°C. • Operating pressure range 0.05 to1.0 MPa. • Automatic drain standard (different versions possible). • Solid construction with viewing window. Part number. AM150C-F03D-T AM250C-F04D-T AM350C-F06D-T AM450C-F06D-T AM550C-F10D-T AM650-F14D-T AM850-F20D-T Port Size Max. flow (l/min) Max. flow (m3/h) G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1 1/2 G2 300 750 1500 2200 3500 6000 12000 18 45 90 132 210 360 720 Port Size Max. flow (l/min) Max. flow (m3/h) G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1 1/2 G2 200 500 1000 2000 3500 6000 12000 12 30 60 120 210 360 720 Micro-Mist Separator Series AMD • Finest filtration of compressed air (0.01 µm). • Operating pressure range 0.05 to 1.0 MPa. • Temperature range 5 to 60°C. • Automatic drain standard (different versions possible). Part number. AMD150C-F03D-T AMD250C-F04D-T AMD350C-F06D-T AMD450C-F06D-T AMD550C-F10D-T AMD650-F14D-T AMD850-F20D-T This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 14 Air Preparation Filtration Micro-Mist Separator with Prefilter Series AMH Max. flow (l/min) Max. flow (m3/h) AMH150C-F03D-T AMH250C-F04D-T AMH350C-F06D-T AMH450C-F06D-T AMH550C-F10D-T AMH650-F14D-T AMH850-F20D-T G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1 1/2 G2 200 500 1000 2000 3500 6000 12000 12 30 60 120 210 360 720 • The conventional pneumatic pressure line AM + AMD series have been integrated to achieve a reduction in installation space, savings in piping installation labor, and reduced costs. • Finest filtration of compressed air (0.01 µm) • Operating pressure range 0.05 to 1.0 MPa. • Temperature range 5 to 60° C. • Automatic drain standard (different versions possible). Part number. Port Size Max. flow (l/min) Max. flow (m3/h) G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1 1/2 G2 200 500 1000 2000 3500 6000 12000 12 30 60 120 210 360 720 Port Size Max. flow (l/min) Max. flow (m3/h) G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1 1/2 G2 200 500 1000 2000 3500 6000 12000 12 30 60 120 210 360 720 1 1 Air Preparation Port Size Part number. Super Mist Separator Series AME AME150C-F03D AME250C-F04D AME350C-F06D AME450C-F06D AME550C-F10D AME650-F14D AME850-F20D • Due to its special configuration, series AME indicates the life of the filter element by a colour change. Accordingly, the replacing time can be judged vissually (a red colour indicates the replacing time). • Filtration of compressed air (0.01 µm). • Operating pressure range 0.05 to 1.0 MPa. • Temperature range 5 to 60° C. • Automatic drain standard (different versions possible). Odor Removal Series AMF Part number. • Active carbon filter for filtering odours. • Filtration degree 0.01 µm. • 13 layers of active carbon ensure optimum effectiveness. • Operating pressure range 0.05 to 1.0 MPa. • Temperature range 5 to 60° C. AMF150C-F03D AMF250C-F04D AMF350C-F06D AMF450C-F06D AMF550C-F10D AMF650-F14D AMF850-F20D This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 15 Air Preparation Pressure Control Miniature Regulator Series ARJ Air Preparation 1 Port Size IN OUT Set pressure range MPa M5 M5 R1/8, M5 ø 4 mm tube ø 6 mm tube M5 0.1 to 0.7 0.1 to 0.7 0.2 to 0.7 Part number ARJ1020F-M5-04 ARJ1020F-M5-06 ARJ210-M5 Valve manifold for ARJ1020F 6 stations 4 stations ARJM10-6 ARJM10-4 Circuit Symbol 10 stations ARJM10-10 • Piston-type regulator, relieving type. • Panel mounted. • Temperature range -5 to 60° C. • Type ARJ1020F, can be fitted to manifold (max. 10 pieces). Miniature Regulator Series ARJ310 Port Size IN OUT Set pressure range MPa R1/8, M5 R1/8, M5 R1/8, M5 Rc1/8 ø 4 mm tube ø 6 mm tube 0.2 to 0.7 0.2 to 0.7 0.2 to 0.7 Part number ARJ310-01 ARJ310F-01-04 ARJ310F-01-06 Circuit Symbol • With either threaded or one touch fitting at the outlet (2). • Over double the flow capacity compared with ARJ210. • ARJ310-01: 500 l/min • ARJ310F-01-04:190 l/min • ARJ310F-01-06:415 l/min Modular Regulator Series ARM10/11 • Available as single device or stacked on DIN rails. • 3 different control positions possible. • Integrated, replaceable one-touch fittings. • Broad range of accessories available (e.g.: 3 port shut-off valve, pressure switch,...). • Flow of 150 to 300 l/min. Series Port Size Type IN OUT Push In: 4, 6mm ARM10 Single device Push In: 4, 6mm ARM11 modular on DINrail Push In: 6, 8, 10 mm Push In: 4, 6mm Set pressure range MPa Accessories Mounting bracket, replacement fittings, panel 0.05 to 0.7 nut, pressure gauge or 3 port shut-off valve, pressure 0.05 to 0.35 switch, replacement fittings, extra SUP block supply, SUP blocking disc Note: Can only be specified from full catalogue. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 16 Air Preparation Pressure Control Series EAR Part number. 0.05~0.85MPa Port Size Pressure Gauge Port Size 1 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1 1/2 G2 G1/4 Port Size Port Size Pressure Gauge G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1 1/2 G2 G1/4 EAR425-F04 EAR625-F06 EAR625-F10 EAR825-F14 EAR925-F20 Circuit Symbol 1 Air Preparation Pilot Operated Pressure Regulator * at 0.7 MPa Part number. 0.02~0.2MPa • Pilot operated pressure regulator. • Superior flow capacity and control precision. • Temperature range -5 to 60° C • Port size to 2”. High Precision Pressure Regulator Series IR1000/2000/3000 • Can be stacked, modular air preparation series. • Can be mounted to panels. • Air consumption IR10, IR20 < 4.4 l/min, IR30 < 11.5 l/min. • Large exhaust capacity. EAR435-F04 EAR635-F06 EAR635-F10 EAR835-F14 EAR935-F20 Circuit Symbol * at 0.2 MPa Part no.* Set pressure range IR1000-F01 IR1010-F01 IR1020-F01 IR2000-F02 IR2010-F02 IR2020-F02 IR3000-F03 IR3010-F03 IR3020-F03 IR3000-F04 IR3010-F04 IR3020-F04 0.005~0.2MPa 0.005~0.4MPa 0.005~0.8MPa 0.005~0.2MPa 0.005~0.4MPa 0.005~0.8MPa Setting sensitivity Port Size Repeatability Circuit Symbol G1/8 G1/4 0.2% F.S. max. ±0.5% F.S. max. 0.01~0.2MPa 0.01~0.4MPa 0.01~0.8MPa G3/8 0.01~0.2MPa 0.01~0.4MPa 0.01~0.8MPa G1/2 *pneumatically operated high precision pressure regulator available on request Mounting bracket For IR1000 For IR2000 For IR3000 P36201023 P36202028 P362030-20 Regulator up to 2.0 MPa Set Pressure Series ARX20 Part number Set pressure range (MPa) Max. operating pressure (MPa) 0,05 to 0,85 0,05 to 0,30 0,05 to 0,85 0,05 to 0,30 2,0 ARX20-F01 ARX21-F01 ARX20-F02 ARX21-F02 Port size G1/8 G1/4 Assembly materials Mounting bracket Panel mounting nut 1348112 1348110A • Set pressure up to 2.0 MPa. • Compact design. 35x35x80 mm. • Practical, 3 outlets available. • Simple operation, ergonomic design. • Ideal for regulating: e.g. discharge pressure for small compressors or the pressure in air blowing applications. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 17 Air Preparation Pressure Control • Compact, light design, 15 mm wide, weights 100 g. • Can be used alone or stacked with DIN rails. • Integrated one-touch fittings. • Enclosure IP65. • LED fault display. E/P Proportional Converter Series ITV1000/2000/3000 • No air consumption when pressure equalised. • 2 switch outputs: analogue 1-5 VDC/4-20 mA, PNP/NPN switch output. • Enclosure IP65. • Compact design. • Simple control using foil keypad and LED display. Connector cable with ferrite core P398010-12 straight with 3 m cable P398010-13 elbow with 3 m cable Attachments L foot Flat INI-398-0-6 P3020114 Type Part number as single device ITV0010-0N-Q ITV0010-3N-Q ITV0030-0N-Q ITV0030-3N-Q ITV0050-0N-Q ITV0050-3N-Q ITV0090-0N-Q ITV0090-3N-Q ITV0010-0MN-Q ITV0010-3MN-Q ITV0030-0MN-Q ITV0030-3MN-Q ITV0050-0MN-Q ITV0050-3MN-Q ITV0090-0MN-Q ITV0090-3MN-Q Accessories Lead wire straight 3 m Lead wire elbow 2 m Flat bracket U bracket Manifold for 2 -10 stations for block mounting Series ITV0000 Air Preparation 1 Miniature E/P Proportional Converter Part no.* Input signal 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V DC 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V DC 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V DC 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V DC 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V DC 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V DC 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V DC 4 - 20 mA 0 - 10 V DC Output signal analog 1 - 5 VDC Set pressure Port Size range 0.001~0.1 MPa 0.001~0.5 MPa 0.001~0.9 MPa -1.0 ~ 100 KPa 0.001~0.1 MPa 0.001~0.5 MPa 0.001~0.9 MPa -1.0 ~ 100 KPa 3,5 6,0 6,0 Push In for ø 4 mm tube 2,0 3,5 6,0 6,0 2,0 M8-4DSX3MG4 ELWIKA-KV4408 PVC025 2M P39800022 P39800023 IITV - * * Number of stations Input signal / Output signal ITV1010-01F2N-Q 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC 4~20mA / PNP ITV1010-03F2N-Q ITV1010-31F2N-Q 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC 0~10V DC / PNP ITV1010-33F2N-Q ITV1030-01F2N-Q 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC 4~20mA / PNP ITV1030-03F2N-Q ITV1030-31F2N-Q 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC 0~10V DC / PNP ITV1030-33F2N-Q ITV1050-01F2N-Q 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC 4~20mA / PNP ITV1050-03F2N-Q ITV1050-31F2N-Q 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC ITV1050-33F2N-Q 0~10V DC / PNP ITV2010-01F3N-Q ITV2010-03F3N-Q ITV2010-31F3N-Q ITV2010-33F3N-Q ITV2030-01F3N-Q ITV2030-03F3N-Q ITV2030-31F3N-Q ITV2030-33F3N-Q ITV2050-01F3N-Q ITV2050-03F3N-Q ITV2050-31F3N-Q ITV2050-33F3N-Q 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC 4~20mA / PNP 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC 0~10V DC / PNP 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC 4~20mA / PNP 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC 0~10V DC / PNP 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC 4~20mA / PNP 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC 0~10V DC / PNP ITV3010-01F4N-Q ITV3010-03F4N-Q ITV3010-31F4N-Q ITV3010-33F4N-Q ITV3030-01F4N-Q ITV3030-03F4N-Q ITV3030-31F4N-Q ITV3030-33F4N-Q ITV3050-01F4N-Q ITV3050-03F4N-Q ITV3050-31F4N-Q ITV3050-33F4N-Q 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC 4~20mA / PNP 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC 0~10V DC / PNP 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC 4~20mA / PNP 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC 0~10V DC / PNP 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC 4~20mA / PNP 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC 0~10V DC / PNP Set pressure range Port Size 0.005~0.1MPa 0.005~0.5MPa G1/4 0.005~0.9 bar 0.005~0.1MPa 0.005~0.5MPa G3/8 0.005~0.9 bar 0.005~0.1MPa 0.005~0.5MPa G1/2 0.005~0.9 bar *other styles available This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 18 Flow Nl/min Circuit Symbol Air Preparation Pressure Control Series EVBA • Increases the main circuit pressure to an adjustable value. • Major energy savings. • No cooling required. • Silencer means less operating noise. • No other energy source required. • Operating temperature: 5-50° C. • Input pressure: 0.1-1 MPa. • Mounting position: horizontal. Pressure Gauge Series G • With limit indicator. Part number Output range MPa Flow (l/min) 0,2 - 2,0 0,2 - 2,0 0,2 - 1,0 0,2 - 1,0 0,2 - 1,6 60 400 1000 1900 1600 EVBA1111-F02 EVBA1110-F02 VBA20A-F03 VBA40A-F04 VBA3A-F04 Accessories Model Pressure Gauge Silencer Part number G15-10-01 G27-10-R1 G36-2-01 G36-4-01 G36-7-01 G36-10-01 G46-S2-01M G46-S10-01M G46-S25-01M G46-S2-02 G46-S10-02 G46S2-01M-C G46-S10-01M-C G46-S2-02M-C G46-S10-02M-C EVBA1000 G27-20-R1 AN200-02 Port Size G1/4 G3/8 Circuit Symbol Pressure ratio 1 max. 4 : 1 1 max. 2 : 1 Air Preparation Booster Regulator G1/2 VBA20A G36-10-01 AN300-03 VBA40A G36-10-01 AN400-04 Pressure range MPa Connection thread Outside Diametre 0 to 1,0 0 to 1,0 0 to 0,2 0 to 0,4 0 to 0,7 0 to 1,0 0 to 0,2 0 to 0,1 0 to 0,2 0 to 0,2 0 to 0,1 0 to 0,2 0 to 0,1 0 to 0,2 0 to 0,1 R1/8, M5 (Female thread) R1/16 ø15 ø26 R1/8 ø37.5 R1/8 ø42.5 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 ø42.5 (For panel mount) This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 19 Air Preparation Lubrication Large Flow Lubricator 1 Series EAL800•900 Part number. Port Size Min. operating flow (Nl/min) Bowl capacity Recommended lubricant EAL800-F14 EAL900-F20 G 1 1/2 G2 650 1800 440 cm3 ISO VG32 Air Preparation * Conditions: inlet pressure 7 bar. • Individual lubrication. • Large flow type. D.P. Lube Unit Series EALDU600-900 Part number. Port Size Lube flow (Nl/min) Oil mist particle size Amount in bowl Rc 1 Rc 2 90 to 6000 250 to 15000 0.3~2 µm 2l 5l EALDU600-10 EALDU900-20 D.P. Lube: Series ALD D.P. Lube unit: Series ALDU Strainer Series INA Main line filter Series AFF Solenoid valve Metal seal Air cylinder Regulator Series AR Air dryer • Creates a quality oil mist using adjustable differential pressure. • Oil consumption only approx. 10% compared to ordinary lubes. • Minimal environmental damage. Air tool Solenoid valve Rubber seal Regulator Series AR Booster Lube Series ALB900 Part number. Port Size Rated flowrange(Nl/min) Oil mist particle size Amount in bowl ALB900-00-14 IN: Rc1/4 OUT: Rc1/2 5000 to 60000 0.3~2 µm 5l Strainer Series AF30N60-**-X2230 Solenoid valve Metal seal Air cylinder Regulator Series AR Air dryer Solenoid valve Rubber seal Booster Lube ALB900 Air tool • No pressure loss in main flow. • Low energy costs. • Oil consumption only approx. 10% compared to ordinary lubes. • Minimal environmental damage. Ball valve Bypass lubrication adapter Ball valve Main line filter Series AFF Regulator Series AR This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 20 Air Preparation Silencers Series AN Part number Circuit Symbol AN203-KM8 AN200-KM8 AN200-KM10 AN300-KM10 AN300-KM12 Ø x height Noise (mm) reduction For plug connector Flow (mm2) Ø8 Ø8 Ø10 Ø10 Ø12 14 20 26 30 41 Thread connection Effective area mm2 (Cv) Noise reduction Weight (g) M3 M5 Rc(PT)1/8” Rc(PT)1/8” 1 (0,05) 5 (0.27) 20 (1.1) 35 (19) 13 dB (A) 18 dB (A) 16 dB (A) 21 dB (A) 1 3,3 9,5 20 Noise reduction Weight (g) 20 dB (A) 30 dB (A) ø16 x 51 ø22 x 78 ø22 x 81 ø25 x 97 ø25 x 98 • Plastic design. Threaded Silencer Series AN Part number Circuit Symbol AN120-M3 AN120-M5 AN101-01 AN110-01 • For threads M3•M5•Rc(PT)1/8”. • Made from sintered bronze. Standard Silencer Series AN*00 • For threads 1/4” ~ 2”. • Noise reduction up to - 30 dBA, or - 25 dBA. • Compact design. Part number AN103-01 AN203-02 AN200-02 AN300-03 AN400-04 AN500-06 AN600-10 AN700-12 AN800-14 AN900-20 Circuit Symbol Thread Effective area connection R mm2 (Cv) 1/8” 1/4” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 10 (0.6) 15 (0.8) 35 (1.9) 60 (3.3) 90 (5.0) 160 (8.8) 270 (15) 440 (24) 590 (33) 960 (53) 25 dB (A) 30 dB (A) 1 3 17 25 35 165 225 490 580 820 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 21 1 1 Air Preparation Plug-in Silencer Air Preparation Silencers High Noise Reduction Silencer Series ANA1 Air Preparation 1 Part number Circuit Symbol ANA1-01 ANA1-02 ANA1-03 ANA1-04 ANA1-06 ANA1-10 ANA1-C08 ANA1-C10 ANA1-C12 Threadconnection Effective area (mm2) R1/8” R1/4” R3/8” R1/2” R3/4” R1” Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm 10 15 35 60 90 160 11 15 33 Noise reduction Weight (g) 40 dB (A) 4 14 22 36 110 180 5 13 19 Series ANB1 with larger area and noise level reduction by 38 db (A) on request. • For thread or one-touch fitting. • Noise reduction - 40 dBA. Exhaust Cleaner Series AMC • Connection threads R3/8” ~ 2”. • Combination of filter and silencer. • Noise reduction 35 dBA. • Filter separation rate up to 99.9 %. • Model with female thread available on request. Part number Circuit Symbol AMC310-03 AMC510-06 AMC610-10 AMC810-14 AMC910-20 Thread connection R Max. flow (l/min) Noise Separation reduction rate 3/8” 3/4” 1” 1 1/2” 2” 300 1.000 3.000 6.000 10.000 35 dB (A) 99,9% R.D. Mounting bracket Series 310 Series 510 Series 610 BE30 BE50 BE60 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 22 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Sensors, Switches Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation 2 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 23 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Mechanical Style Pressure Switch Series IS1000 Part number IS1000-01S-X215 Switch Port thread* point MPa R1/8 0.1 ~ 0.6 Cable length Hysteresis (MPa) 3m 0,08 Voltage 24 AC/DC or less 100V AC/DC 50 mA 20mA * standard with thread sealant • N.O. function. • Compact design (50 x 23 x 15 mm). • Switch point easily set using screw. • Displays the chosen switch point. Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation 2 Mechanical Style Pressure Switch Series IS3000 Part number IS3000-02 IS3100 IS3010-02 IS3110 Port thread Switching point MPa Hysteresis MPa Rc1/4 Gasket piping Rc1/4 Gasket piping 0.1~0.7 0.1~0.7 0.1~0.7 0.1~0.7 0.05 or less 0.05 or less 0.05 or less 0.05 or less Min. applicable load 5 VDC, 160 mA 5 VDC, 1 mA • Easy electrical wiring (wide space). • Wide calibration range (0.1 to 0.7 MPa). • High frequency operation and long service life: High frequency: 1 cycle/sec. Long service life: 10 million cycles. Electronic Pressure Switch Series ISE2 Part number ISE2-01-55CN-Q ISE2-01-55L-Q Port Switching thread pressure MPa R1/8 0~0.97 R1/8 0~0.97 Switch output Hysteresis Voltage PNP, with plug* PNP, 3 m cable < 3%F.S. 12~24 V DC NPN options available upon request. ZS-10-5A-30 Cable with plug • Small, compact design. • Minimal switching time - 10 ms max. • LED switch point display. • Choose grommet type or plug. Electronic Vacuum Switch Series ZSE1 Part number ZSE1-01-55L-Q ZSE1-01-55CN-Q Conection Switching thread pressure KPa Switch output R1/8 R1/8 -101 - 0 -101 - 0 PNP, 3 m cable PNP, with plug* Hysteresis Voltage ~1 - 10% adjustable 12~24 V DC NPN options available upon request. ZS-10-5A-30 Cable with plug • Minimal switching times, 10 ms. • LED switch point display. • Grommet type or plug connection. • Adjustable hysteresis. • Repeatability ± 3% F.S. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 24 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Series ZSE30A/ISE30A Part number Connection port Switch point ISE30A-01-P-L ISE30A-01-E-L ISE30A-01-F-L Positive Pressure: –0.1~1.0MPa ZSE30A-01-P-L ZSE30A-01-E-L ZSE30A-01-F-L Vacuum Pressure 0 ~ –101 KPa ZSE30AF-01-P-L ZSE30AF-01-E-L ZSE30AF-01-F-L Vacuum + Low Pressure –100 ~ +100 KPa Voltage Switch output male: R 1/8 female: M5 ( also available with Ø 4 or 6 mm push-in fitting) PNP PNP + (1-5 V) PNP + (4-20 mA) PNP PNP + (1-5 V) PNP + (4-20 mA) 2 12~24 V DC PNP PNP + (1-5 V) PNP + (4-20 mA) Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Adjustable Vacuum and Positive Pressure Switch with Display NPN options available upon request. • 3 styles: Mounting accessories ZSE30A: vacuum pressure. Bracket A ZSE30AF: compound pressure. ISE30A: positive pressure. Bracket B • Enclosure IP40. Panel mount adapter • Large, easy-to-read display. Lead wire with connector cover (3 cores, for 1 output, 2 m) • 2 colour (green/red) display. Lead wire with connector cover (4 cores, for 2 outputs, 2 m) • Easy operation: 3-step setting and copy display. • Analogue output: 4 - 20 mA or 1 - 5 V. • Switch output: 2 PNP/NPN or 1 PNP/NPN. • With straight and elbow one-touch fittings. Adjustable positive Pressure and Vacuum Switch with Display Part number* Series ZSE40•ISE40 ISE40-01-62 (Vacuum) (Positive Pressure) Switch point Connection port Male: R 1/8 Female: M5 ZSE40F-01-62 Vacuum & Low Pressure: (ø4, 6 on ZSE40F-01-62L -100.0 ~ +100.0 KPa request) ISE40-01-62L Positive Pressure: -0.1~1.0MPa ZS-38-A1 ZS-38-A2 ZS-27-C ZS-38-3G ZS-38-4G Switch output Voltage 1-5V analogue + 2 x PNP 12~24 V DC * ZSE40* for vacuum on request NPN option available upon request Mounting accessories High foot Short foot • 3 styles: ZSE40: vacuum, ISE40: positive pressure ZSE40F: vacuum & low pressure combination. • Wide range of programs and accessories. • Large, easy-to-read display. • IP65 enclosure. • Output’s: analogue & 2x NPN or PNP. • Repeatability ± 2% F.S. ±1 digit. • Response time 2.5 ms. max. ZS-24-A ZS-24-B Panel adapter ZS-22-A Panel adapter with cover ZS-24-C ZSE40F Vacuum application ISE40 Work piece location monitoring This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 25 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation 2-Colour Display Digital Pressure Switch for General Fluids Series ZSE80/ISE80 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation 2 Part number Rated pressure range ISE80-02-B ISE80-02L-B ISE80-F02-B ISE80H-02-B ISE80H-02L-B ZSE80-A2-B ZSE80-A2L-B ZSE80F-02-B ZSE80F-A2-B Port size Piping direction Rear ported Botton ported Rear ported Rear ported Botton ported Rear ported Botton ported R1/4” -0.1 to 1 MPa G1/4” -0.1 to 2 MPa R1/4” 0 to -101 kPa URJ1/4” -100 to 100 kPa R1/4” URJ1/4” Panel mount Rear ported Option 2-Colour Display Type Digital Pressure Switch Metal Body Type Series ISE70/75/75H (For Air) (For Fluids) Bracket Panel mount Panel mount + Front protection cover Piping direction Part number ZS-24-A ZS-24-D ZS-35-A ZS-35-C ZS-35-B ZS-35-F ZS-35-E Rear ported Rear ported Botton ported Rear ported Botton ported Rear ported Botton ported Bracket mount Bracket Bracket Confirmation of the adsorption of work pieces containing moisture Applications Confirmation of the supply pressure of cleaning lines Part number* Confirmation of the working pressure of a hydraulic cylinder Confirmation of the pressure after a lubricator unit Switch point Switch output Voltage Fixed setting; NPN open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4) + For Air PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 2) -0.1~1MPa ISE70-F02-65 PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4) Fixed setting; NPN open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4) + For General Fluids ISE75-F02-43 PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 2) 0.4~10MPa ISE75-F02-65 PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4) Fixed setting; NPN open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4) + ISE75H-F02-43 For General Fluids PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 2) 0.5~15MPa ISE75H-F02-65 PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4) ISE70-F02-43 Mounting accessories Bracket Lead wire with M12 connector, straight Lead wire with M12 connector, right-angled • Metal Body Type (Die-cast aluminum). • For general fluids: ISE75 (10MPa); ISE75H (15MPa). • For Air: ISE70 (1MPa) • 2-colour Display (green and red). • IP67 enclosure, with M12 connector. • Port Size: G1/4 (ISO1179). PNP open collector 2 outputs Option Front protection cover • 4 Rated pressure range: 0.0 to –101.0 kPa; -100.0 to 100.0 kPa; –0.100 to 1.000 MPa; –0.100 to 2.00 MPa. • Stainless diaphragm (Oil-free Singlelayer diaphragm structure). Sensor parts: Stainless steel 630 Fitting parts: Stainless steel 304. • Choice of VCR® or Swagelok® fitting is available. • For use with water, hydraulic fluid, silicon oil, lubricant, fluorocarbon, argon, ammonia, carbon dioxide, air-containing drainage and nitrogen. • IP65/RoHS compliant. • Outputs: analogue (1-5 V, 4~20 mA), 1/2 x PNP/NPN Input/Output ZS-31-A ZS-31-B ZS-31-C For Air For General Fluids ISE70 (1MPa) ISE75 (10MPa) MPa MPa OUT1 DOWN OUT1 UP SET DOWN UP SET Plain PRESSURE SWITCH ISE75H (15MPa) MPa OUT1 UP DOWN SET Grey PRESSURE SWITCH Orange PRESSURE SWITCH This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 26 12~24 V DC Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Pressure or Vacuum Switch Series PS1000•1100 Operating pressure Switch point range MPa (MPa) Part number PS1000-R06L PS1100-R06L -0,1 - 1,0 -0,1 - 0,45 -0,1 - 0,40 Contact point Voltage Pressure ≥ Switch point: ON 12~24 V DC Pressure ≤ Switch point: ON * with 3 m cable Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation 2 Suction monitoring • LED switch point display. • Miniature design. • For mounting directly to one-touch fittings. • Piezo sensor gives long service life. • Can be plugged straight into a ø6 mm one-touch fitting. Pressure control on actuator Pressure monitoring Sensor FRL Sensor Sensor Vacuum FRL Controller Unit Controller Unit for 1 sensor Series PSE200/300 Part number. Input Switch output PSE303-LC Voltage 2 x PNP + analogue 1 to 5V PSE304-LC Voltage 2 x PNP + analogue 4 to 20mA PSE313-LC Current 2 x PNP + analogue 1 to 5V PSE314-LC Current 2 x PNP + analogue 4 to 20mA • PSE200: - 4 channels digital pressure sensor controller. - Applicable to PSE530/540/560 series. • PSE300: - 1 channel digital pressure sensor controller. - Applicable to PSE530/540/ 550/560 series. Response time Mounting 1ms * Panel mounting NPN options and auto-shift input available upon request. DIN rail mounting available upon request. Including supply cable and sensor connector. * Accessories Bracket for PSE300 Panel mount adapter for PSE300 Panel mount adapter + protective front cover for PSE300 Including 4 sensor connector. ZS-28-B ZS-27-C ZS-27-D Controller Unit for 4 sensors Part number Switch output Response time Mounting PSE201-4C PNP 80 mA 5 ms Panel mounting * * Accessories Sensor cable with plug Protective cover for PSE201 Panel mounting adapter for PSE201 Sensor connector ZS-26-F ZS-26-01 ZS-26-B ZS-28-C This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 27 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Vacuum and Positive Pressure Sensor Series PSE530 Part number Connection thread Pressure range Output signal M5 0~1MPa 0 ~ -101 KPa 0 ~ 101 KPa -101 ~ 101 KPa Analogue 1 ~5V PSE530-M5 PSE531-M5 PSE532-M5 PSE533-M5 2 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Measuring sensor for compressed air • Sensor and controller separate. • IP40. • Simple electr. connection using plug. • Controller unit: PSE200/PSE300 Micro Vacuum and Pressure Sensor Series PSE540 PSE540 • 2 styles: PSE541: Vacuum pressure (0 ~ -101KPa) PSE543: Compound pressure (-100 ~ 101KPa) • Micro design, e.g. 9.6 x 20.8 x 18 mm. • Minimal weight, e.g. 1.9 g. • 1 ms response time. • 2 colour display determined by switching status. • 2 switch outputs and analogue output. • Controller unit: PSE200/PSE300 (7 different connection types PSE300) Pressure Sensor for General Purpose Fluids Series PSE560 Compressed Air Micro Sensor Part number Connection type PSE541-M3 PSE541-M5 PSE541-01 PSE541-R04 PSE541-R06 PSE541-IM5 PSE541-IM5H PSE543-M3 PSE543-M5 PSE543-01 PSE543-R04 PSE543-R06 PSE543-IM5 PSE543-IM5H M3 male M5 male Low Pressure male R1/8, female M5 and Vacuum: Ø 4 mm one-touch fitting 0 ~ -101 KPa Ø 6 mm one-touch fitting M5 female thread M5 female, with mounting holes M3 male M5 male Low Pressure male R1/8, female M5 and Vacuum: Ø 4 mm one-touch fitting Ø 6 mm one-touch fitting -100 ~ +100 KPa M5 female thread M5 female, with mounting holes Pressure range Output signal Analogue 1 ~ 5 V Compressed Air Micro Sensor Part number PSE560PSE560PSE561PSE561PSE563PSE563PSE564PSE564- * * * * * * * * -28 -28 -28 -28 Output signal Pressure range Positive pressure (0 to 1 MPa) Positive pressure (0 to 1 MPa) Vacuum (0 to -101 kPa) Vacuum (0 to -101 kPa) Compound pressure (-100 to 100 kPa) Compound pressure (-100 to 100 kPa) Positive pressure (0 to 500 kPa) Positive pressure (0 to 500 kPa) Voltage output type 1 to 5 V Current output type 4 to 20mA Voltage output type 1 to 5 V Current output type 4 to 20mA Voltage output type 1 to 5 V Current output type 4 to 20mA Voltage output type 1 to 5 V Current output type 4 to 20mA * Port Size Part 01 number. R 1/8 (with M5 female thread) 02 • IP65. • Weeted material SUS316L. • Copper-free. • Oil-free (single diaphragm). • Controller unit: PSE200/PSE300 R 1/4 (with M5 female thread) Part N01 number. NPT 1/8 (with M5 female thread) Part C01 number. Rc 1/8 N02 A2 URJ 1/4 B2 TSJ 1/4 NPT 1/4 (with M5 female thread) 7ASHINGLINE This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 28 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Low Differential Pressure Sensor Part number Output specifications PSE550 Voltage output type 1 to 5V PSE550-28 Current output type 4 to 20mA Pressure range Output signal Analogue output 1 to 5VDC (within rated differential pressure range) Output impedance: Approx. 1kΩ –50 to 50kPa Analogue output 4 to 20mADC Note1) (within rated differential pressure range) Allowable load impedance: 500Ω or less (at 24VDC) 100Ω or less (at 12VDC) Note) Can detect differential pressure from 0 to 2kPa within the range of –50 to 50kPa. • Rated differential pressure range: 0 to 2kPa. • Accuracy: ±1% F.S. • Proof pressure: 65kPa. • Analog output: 4 to 20mA DC, 1 to 5VDC. • Controller Unit: PSE300 Flow control Can control air flow by monitoring the flow rate inside the duct. Mounting accessories Bracket Connector for PSE300 Filter clogging monitoring Can control filtration and replacement periods by monitoring the clogging of the filter. ZS-30-A ZS-28-C Liquid level detection Can detect the liquid level through changes in the purge pressure. Air Catch Sensor Series ISA2 To check the work piece position on the reference plane Position check of metal mold • Stable detection of 0.01 to 0.5mm clearance. • Plug connectors (Centralised wiring). • Modular construction, (Requires less man hours to wire). • Repetition accuracy 0.01mm or less. • Minimum operating pressure 30 kPa (ISA2-G). This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 29 2 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Series PSE550 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Digital Flow Switch Series PF2A/PF2W Fluid Dry air, N2 2 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Digital flow switch for air or water, integrated display type Air • Either for air or water. • Simple, LED display readout. • Either integrated or remote combination of sensor and display. • Key pad for simple adjustments. • 2 independent outputs/switch points. • No mechallicaly moving parts, so longer service life. Application examples Water PF2A710-F01-67N PF2A710-F02-67N PF2A750-F01-67N PF2A750-F02-67N PF2A711-F03-67N PF2A721-F03-67N PF2A751-F04-67N PF2A703H-F10-69N PF2A706H-F14-69N PF2A712H-F20-69N PF2W704-F03-67N PF2W720-F03-67N PF2W720-F04-67N PF2W740-F04-67N PF2W740-F06-67N PF2W711-F06-67N PF2W711-F10-67N Flow rate Min. set unit Switch l/min l/min outputs* 1 ~ 10 1 ~ 10 5 ~ 50 5 ~ 50 10 ~ 100 20 ~ 200 50 ~ 500 150 ~ 3000 300 ~ 6000 600 ~ 12000 0.5 ~ 4 0,05 2 ~ 16 0,1 5 ~ 40 0,5 10 ~ 100 1,0 Supply voltage 0.1 0.5 1 2 5 5 10 2 x PNP 80 mA 12 - 24 VDC Operating pressure range MPa -50 kPa ~ 0.5 MPa -50 kPa ~ 0.75 MPa 1 x PNP 80 mA Analogue: 4 ~ 20 mA 24VDC 0.1 ~ 1.5 2 x PNP 80 mA 12 - 24 VDC 0 ~ 1.0 NPN on request Digital flow switch for air or water, remote type sensor unit Fluid Monitoring an N2 flow Dry air, N2 Temperature control Waterflow control for cooling ding guns Part number Water Part number PF2A510-F01N PF2A510-F02N PF2A550-F01N PF2A550-F02N PF2A511-F03N PF2A521-F03N PF2A551-F04N PF2A301-A PF2A311-A PF2W504-F03N PF2W520-F03N PF2W520-F04N PF2W540-F04N PF2W540-F06N PF2W511-F06N PF2W511-F10N PF2W301-A PF2W331-A Flow rate l/min Type Switch outputs* 1 ~ 10 1 ~ 10 5 ~ 50 5 ~ 50 Measuring – sensor 10 ~ 100 20 ~ 200 50 ~ 500 1 ~ 50 Display 2 x PNP, 80 mA 10 ~ 500 0.5 ~ 4 Supply voltage Operating pressure range MPa -50 kPa ~ 0.5 MPa 12 - 24 VDC -50 kPa ~ 0.75 MPa – 2 ~ 16 5 ~ 40 Measuring sensor – Display 2 x PNP 80 mA 0 ~ 1.0MPa 12 - 24 VDC 10 ~ 100 0.5 ~ 40 10 ~ 100 – NPN on request Accessory Cable/plug with ferrite core S traight P398010-12 Elbow P398010-13 Digital Flow Switch for Deionised Water & Chemicals Series PF2D Body and Sensor: New PFA Tube: A single controller can monitor the flow rate of 4 different sensors. Super PFA • Dust generation of 3 particles/cc or less (average number). • Karman vortex eliminates moving parts and allows low dust generation. • Swept flow characteristics Tapered side seal minimizes dead volume to reduce accumulation of liquid pool. Three type of flow range: 0.4 ~ 4 l/min (PF2D504) 1.8 ~ 20 l/min (PF2D520) 4.0 ~ 40 l/min (PF2D540) 1 sensor Display unit Series PF2D30 4-channel Flow Monitor Series PF2D200 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 30 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation 2-Colour Display Flow Switch Applications Series PFM Control of metal wire tension Models compatible with argon (Ar) and carbon dioxide (CO2) mixed gas are available. Refer to page 37 for details. Welder • Accumulated indication shows the operating flow rate or residual amount (of N2 etc.) in a gas cylinder. 2 Detection camera Suction check Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation • Flow control of N2 gas to prevent lead frame oxidation. • N2 blow prevents distortion of camera image due to air turbulence. • For air, N2, Ar and CO2 • A digital flow switch that uses MEMS sensor for detecting the flow • Compact size • Improved visibility with two colour display indication • Two piping directions are possible • Integrated flow adjustment valve • Multiple mounting combinations Integrated type Remote type Flow rate Dry air, N2, Ar Part number PFM710 PFM725 PFM750 PFM711 * * * * * - ** - ** - ** - ** - *** - *** - *** - *** Supply voltage Flow rate CO2 Operating Pressure Range 0.2 to 10 l/min 0.2 to 5 l/min 0.5 to 25 l/min 0.5 to 12.5 l/min 24 V DC -100 kPa to 1 to 50 l/min 1 to 25 l/min 750 kPa 2 to 100 l/min 2 to 50 l/min Without flow adjustment valve With flow adjustment valve 2 ** Port size (straight piping) Description Symbol F01 F02 C4 C6 C8 G1/8 G1/4 ø4 one-touch fitting ø6 one-touch fitting ø8 one-touch fitting * * * * - ** - ** - ** - ** - 2 2 2 2 Supply voltage Operating Pressure Range 0.2 to 10 l/min 0.2 to 5 l/min 0.5 to 25 l/min 0.5 to 12.5 l/min 24 V DC -100 kPa to 1 to 50 l/min 1 to 25 l/min 750 kPa 2 to 100 l/min 2 to 50 l/min Analogue output (4 to 20 mA) Accesories Flow rate range 10 25 50 11 • • • • • • • ZS-33-D ZS-33-F • • • • • ZS-33-M ZS-33-MS ZS-33-J ZS-33-JS *** PFM7 - Output specification B E F PFM510 PFM525 PFM550 PFM511 Flow rate CO2 PFM5 - Output specification Flow adjustment valve S Flow rate Dry air, N2, Ar Part number 2 PNP outputs 1 PNP output + Analogue (1 to 5 V) 1 PNP output + Analogue (4 to 20 mA) ZS-33-R* Lead wire with connector (2 m) Lead wire with connector (2 m) + rubber cover for connector Bracket (for “without adjustment flow valve”) Bracket (for “with adjustment flow valve”) Panel mount adapter (for “without adjustment flow valve”) Panel mount adapter (for “with adjustment flow valve”) DIN rail mounting bracket *=number of stations (1 to 5) Flow sensor monitor Part number Input specification PFM313-LF PFM314-LF Current input Output specification Note 2 PNP + 1 to 5 V outputs 2 PNP + 4 to 20 mA outputs With power and sensor connectors included Accesories ZS-28-B ZS-27-C ZS-27-D Bracket Panel mount adapter Panel mount adapter + front protective cover This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 31 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Ionizer Ionizer Series IZS31 Part-Number IZS31-300P IZS31-380P IZS31-620P IZS31-780P IZS31-1100P IZS31-1260P IZS31-1500P IZS31-1900P IZS31-2300P 300 380 620 780 1100 1260 1500 1900 2300 Bracket (order separately) Sensor 2 x end bracket Tungsten (Standard) PNP 2 x end bracket 1 x centre bracket 2 x end bracket 2 x centre bracket Without feedback / autobalance sensor NPN output available upon request Accesories Part-Number • Three ion emission modes: sensing DC, pulsed DC or DC modes. • Maximum 60 Hz ion generation frequency. • Two types of compact sensors are available: Autobalance sensor and Feedback sensor. • Aerodynamic cross section. • Air purge function for even faster static electricity elimination. • Three types of needle material: Tungsten (standard), silicon and stainless steel. • Replaceable electrode needles. • Dirt detection. Description IZS31-CP IZS31-CPZ IZS31-NT IZS31-NC IZS31-NS IZS31-BE IZS31-BM Power supply cable (3 m) Power supply cable (10 m) Electrode cartridge (Tungsten) Electrode cartridge (Monocrystal silicon) Electrode cartridge (Stainless Steel) End bracket Centre bracket Part-Number Option - Electrode cartridge security cover Description IZS31-E3 IZS31-E4 IZS31-E5 IZS30-M1 IZS30-M2 3 fixed electrode cartridges 4 fixed electrode cartridges 5 fixed electrode cartridges Screw driver for ion balance adjustment trimmer Electrode needle cleaning kit Aplications Sensors Part-Number Abbau statischer Eliminating staticElektrizit Elektrizität electricity t anonPET-Flaschen PET bottles Description IZS31-DF IZS31-DG • Trip-resistance during conveying. • Prevents adhesion of dust. Feedback sensor Autobalance sensor Auto-balance sensor Automatic ion balancing by means of a signal input Abbau statischer Elektrizität Eliminating Elektrizit statict an electricity formgepresstenon Objekten film Ion balance value (V) 50 • Prevents adhesion of dust. • Prevents winding failure due to wrinkles, etc. Ionizer 25 0 Adjusts ion balance near the workpiece. Time –25 –50 Abbau statischer static Eliminating Elektrizität Elektrizitelectricity t beim Transport onvon molded Halbleiterscheiben goods • Improves detachability of mold goods from a die. Feedback sensor Charged voltage on workpiece [kV] Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation 2 Bar lengElectrode Output th (mm) needle material 3 With sensor 2 Without sensor 1 Ionizer 0 Feedback sensor PLC +200 V Abbau statischer Eliminating static electricity Elektrizit Elektrizität on tanauf electric Leiterplatten substrate • Prevents element disruption due to discharge. • Prevents adhesion of dust. –1 Without sensor –2 With sensor –3 Charged object 1 2 3 4 Time [sec] This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 32 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Electrostatic Sensor Series IZD10 Part-Number IZD10-110 IZD10-510 Potential measurement Output voltage ± 0.4 kV ± 20 kV 1 to 5 V 1 to 5 V Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation 2 • Potential measurement: ± 20 kV (detected at a 50 mm distance) ± 0.4 kV (detected at a 25 mm distance) • Detects the electrostatic potential and outputs an analogue voltage. • Small and easy to mount. Electrostatic Sensor Series IZE11 Part-Number Connector cable for Connector for power supply/output sensor connection Input / Output IZE112-LC 2 x PNP open collector + Analogue output 1-5 V Yes Yes IZE113-LC 2 x PNP open collector + Analogue output 4-20 mA Yes Yes Option Part-Number • Output: switch output x 2 + Analogue output (1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA). • 2-colour display (red and green). • Display accuracy: ±0.5% F.S. ±1 digit or less. • Detection distance correction function (adjustable in 1 mm increments). • Supports two types of sensors. • Connection by connector: Connector for power supply / output. e-con connector: connector to sensor. ZS-28-A ZS-28-B ZS-28-C ZS-27-C ZS-27-D Description Connector cable for power supply/output (2 m) Bracket Connector for sensor connection Panel mount adapter Panel mount adapter + Front protective cover This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 33 Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation Electro-Pneumatic Positioner Series IP8000/8100 Model IP8000 IP8100 Type Function Lever type feedback Single/double action Rotary type Single/double action Suply air pressure (MPa) Stroke 0.14 - 0.7 0.14 - 0.7 10 - 85 mm 60º - 100º Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation 2 • Vibration resistance: No resonances 5 to 200 Hz • Dust resistance: Conforms to JIS F8007 IP65 • Opening current transmission (4 to 20 mA DC) • 100 mm in height • ATEX intrinsically safe explosion protection type construction is available. II 2 G EEx ib IIC T5…T6 Smart Positioner (Rotary Type) Series IP8101 • HART transmission mode available • ATEX intrinsically safe explosion protection construction II 1G EExia CT4 Ta 80°C II 1D T 83°C Ta 80°C • Supply air pressure: 0.3 to 0.7 MPa • Applicable actuator rotation angle: 60 to 100° • Dust resistance: Conforms to JIS F8007 IP65 • Calibration function integrated - The zero / span adjustment is performed automatically • Dual wire input • Monitor output and software alarm • Variety of parameter setting functions and displayable control condition • Interchangeable mounting with IP8100 Part-Number ATEX compliant IP8101-032-H-Q IP8101-033-H-Q No 52-IP8101-034-H-M Yes Specifications With output (alarm + analogue outputs) With HART transmision mode Intrinsically safe explosion protection constr. + Output + HART transmission mode Accesory Part-Number Fork lever assembly M Fork lever assembly S P368010-24 P368010-25 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 34 Solenoid Valves Solenoid Valves Solenoid Valves 3 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 35 Solenoid Valves 2 Port Solenoid Valves, Air Pilot Type Part number* Solenoid Valve Series VQ20/30 VQ21A1-5YO-C6-Q VQ31A1-5YO-C10-Q Switch Port frequency (mm) Flow l/min Operating pressure range ø6 ø 10 395 785 0.01 ~ 0.6 MPa 0.01 ~ 0.5 MPa 100 Hz 30 Hz Circuit Symbol Valves for manifold mounting upon request *for 24 V DC, other voltages upon request Sub-plate for single valve VQ20 VQ30 AXT835-13A AXT837-13A Solenoid Valves 3 • Compact, light design with superior flow capacity. • Response time below 5 ms (depends on type). • With built-in one-touch fittings. • Long service life, over 20 million switching cycles. Solenoid Valve A 3 Port, Directly Operated Type of actuation Series VQ100 3 N.C. Part number Solenoid Valve VQ110-5LO-Q VQ110-5MO-Q Voltage Mounting 24V DC on aluminum manifold • 3 port solenoid valve, micro design. • Service life of over 200 million switching cycles. • Optional N.C., N.O. function. • Low power consumption 1.0 W (0.5 W option). • Port size M5. • Base manifold with multi-pin plug connection and ready-wired solenoid valves. • Indicator light and surge voltage suppressor integrated in the connector body. Flow l/min 0 - 0,8 15,7 on modular manifold VQ110-5F-Q Accessories AXT662-1-1 VV3Q12-02 VV3Q12-04 VV3Q12-06 VV3Q12-08 VV3Q12-10 VV3Q12-12 VVQ100-10A-2 VV3Q11-02CUO-X55 VV3Q11-04CUO-X55 VV3Q11-06CUO-X55 VV3Q11-08CUO-X55 VV3Q11-10CUO-X55 VV3Q11-12CUO-X55 VVQ100-10A-1 AXT802-1A Operating pressure range MPa Circuit Symbol Sub-plate for LO/MO valves Manifold for 2 valves, M5 port Manifold for 4 valves, M5 port Manifold for 6 valves, M5 port Manifold for 8 valves, M5 port Manifold for 10 valves, M5 port Manifold for 12 valves, M5 port Blanking plate e.g. for 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 valves Modular manifold, plug-in type for 2 valves Modular manifold, plug-in type for 4 valves Modular manifold, plug-in type for 6 valves Modular manifold, plug-in type for 8 valves Modular manifold, plug-in type for 10 valves Modular manifold, plug-in type for 12 valves Blanking plate DIN rail mounting set Accessory Plug connector with cable 2m 0.6 m 3m AXT661-14AN-6 AXT661-14AN-20 AXT661-14AN-30 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 36 Solenoid Valves 3 Port Solenoid Valve Series V100 Type of actuation 3 port N.C. Part number Solenoid Valve V114-5LOU V114-5MOU V114-5G Operating pressure range Voltage Electry Entry Flow l/min (Cv) L Plug Connector 8.4 l/min M 24V DC 0 ~ 0.7Mpa Plug Connector (0.008) Grommet Circuit Symbol 2 1 3 N.O. and other voltages upon request Type of actuation 3 Port Solenoid Valve Air Pilot Type Series SYJ300 3 port N.O. V124-5LOU V124-5MOU V124-5G Operating pressure range Voltage Electry Entry Flow l/min (Cv) L Plug Connector 17 l/min 0 ~ 0.7Mpa M Plug Connector 24V DC (0.015) Grommet Circuit Symbol 2 3 1 3 N.O. and other voltages upon request Accessories V100-74-1 VV100-S41-02-M5 VV100-S41-03-M5 VV100-S41-04-M5 VV100-S41-05-M5 VV100-S41-06-M5 VV100-S41-08-M5 VV100-S41-10-M5 VV100-S41-12-M5 VV100-S41-14-M5 VV100-S41-16-M5 VV100-S41-18-M5 VV100-S41-20-M5 V100-77-1A Type of actuation 3 port N.C. Part number Solenoid Valve Solenoid Valves • Power consumption 0.4W. With power saving circuit 0.1W. • Coil temperature rises: only 1°C (with power saving circuit). • Indicator light/surge voltage supressor integrated in the connector body. • Valve width 10.5mm. Part number Solenoid Valve Sub-plate with M5 thread Manifold for 2 valves. M5 port Manifold for 3 valves. M5 port Manifold for 4 valves. M5 port Manifold for 5 valves. M5 port Manifold for 6 valves. M5 port Manifold for 8 valves. M5 port Manifold for 10 valves. M5 port Manifold for 12 valves. M5 port Manifold for 14 valves. M5 port Manifold for 16 valves. M5 port Manifold for 18 valves. M5 port Manifold for 20 valves. M5 port Blanking plate Voltage Mounting Operating pressure range Flow Circuit Symbol Nl/min (Cv) SYJ314M-5LOU-Q 24V DC to manifold 0.15 ~ 0.7Mpa 98 SYJ314M-5G-Q (A) 2 1 3 Body ported style and other voltages upon request • Micro design. • Plate valve style. • N.C. ( N.O. upon request). • Power consumption 0.55 W with LED. • Manual override non-locking style as standard. • Minimum service life of 50 million switching cycles. Accessory Manifold SS3YJ3-S42-03-M5F-Q SS3YJ3-S42-04-M5F-Q SS3YJ3-S42-05-M5F-Q SS3YJ3-S42-06-M5F-Q SS3YJ3-S42-07-M5F-Q SS3YJ3-S42-08-M5F-Q SYJ300-9-1-Q SYJ300-10-2A-Q Manifold for 3 valves, M5 port Manifold for 4 valves, M5 port Manifold for 5 valves, M5 port Manifold for 6 valves, M5 port Manifold for 7 valves, M5 port Manifold for 8 valves, M5 port Sub-plate Blanking plate Accessory Plug connector with cable Cable L= 0.6 m Cable L= 1 m Without cover With cover SY100-30-4A-6 SY100-68-A-6 SY100-30-4A-10 SY100-68-A-10 Cable L= 2 m Cable L= 3 m SY100-30-4A-20 SY100-30-4A-30 SY100-68-A-20 SY100-68-A-30 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 37 Solenoid Valves 3 Port Solenoid Valve Directly Operated Type of actuation Part number Solenoid Valve Voltage 3/2 N.O. N.C. EVT307-5DO-01F-Q EVT307-5DO-02F-Q EVT307-4DO-01F-Q EVT307-4DO-02F-Q VO307-5DO-Q VO307-4DO-Q EVT317-5DO-02F-Q EVT317-4DO-02F-Q EVT325-035F5DO-Q 24V DC 24V DC 220V AC 220V AC 24V DC 220V AC 24V DC 220V AC 24V DC Series VT•VO307/317 Solenoid Valves 3 • 3 port (also 2 port) in standard design, for valve functions N.C., N.O. • Port size G 1/8”, G 1/4”. • Optional sub-plate or manifold. • Optional model for vacuum (95%). • Connector with enclosure IP65, also with light and surge voltage suppressor. • Solenoid coils for direct or alternating current available. 3 Port Solenoid Valves Air Pilot Type Series EVP300/500/700 • For superior flow capacity. • Port size G 1/4”, G 3/8”, G 1/2”. • Body ported type. • Simple conversion to functions N.C. or N.O. • Pilot-operated poppet valve for superior flow. • Pilot air model for vacuum. Mounting Operating pressure range body ported single valve Flow Port Size l/min Standard: 0 ~ 0.9 MPa EVT307V, EVT317V, on manifold VO307V, VO317V: body ported -0.1 ~ 0.1 MPa single valve 0 ~ 0.1 MPa 206 687 1374 Accessory • Manifold for VO307 DXT152-25-1A Mounting bracket Manifold for 2 valves. G1/8 port EVV307-01-022-01F-F Manifold for 3 valves. G1/8 port EVV307-01-032-01F-F Manifold for 4 valves. G1/8 port EVV307-01-042-01F-F Manifold for 6 valves. G1/8 port EVV307-01-062-01F-F Manifold for 8 valves. G1/8 port EVV307-01-082-01F-F Manifold for 10 valves. G1/8 port EVV307-01-102-01F-F DXT060-51-13A Blanking plate Type Part number of act. Solenoid Valve EVP342-4YB-02FA-Q EVP342-5YB-02FA-Q EVP342R-5YB-02FA-Q 3/2 EVP542-4YB-03FA-Q N.C. EVP542-5YB-03FA-Q N.O. EVP542R-5YB-03FA-Q EVP742-4YB-04FA-Q EVP742-5YB-04FA-Q EVP742R-5YB-04FA-Q Model for VACUUM Applications Voltage 220V AC 24V DC 24V DC 220V AC 24V DC 24V DC 220V AC 24V DC 24V DC Port G 1/4” Operating pressure range 0.2 ~ 0.8 MPa Flow l/min 980 -0.1 ~ 0.8 MPa G 3/8” 0.2 ~ 0.8 MPa 2260 -0.1 ~ 0.8 MPa G 1/2” 0.2 ~ 0.8 MPa 3920 -0.1 ~ 0.8 MPa Circuit Symbol This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 38 G 1/8” G 1/4” G 1/8” G 1/4” G 1/4” G 1/4” G 3/8” Solenoid Valves Operating Type Part number pressure of act. Solenoid Valve range MPa Series SJ2000•3000 4 Port single 4 Port double • 3 port (also 2 port) in standard design, for valve functions N.C., N.O. • Card-edge type connector. • High space saving: 7.5/10 mm width. • Power savings: 0.15 W consumption (SJ3000 with power saving circuit). • Power supply shut-off switch for discharge of each valve individually. • SJ2000/SJ3000 can be mounted together. • Ø2 One-touch fitting connection possible. • Manifold serial wiring variations: EX180 DeviceNet compliant (16, 32 outputs), EX180 CC-Link compliant (32 outputs). • Manifold parallel wiring variations: D-sub connecter), flat ribbon cable (10/20/26 pins). • A maximum of 32 solenoids per manifold. • Easy attach/detach of the SI unit and wiring by the connector. • Easy in maintenance. SJ2160-5CU-C2 SJ3160-5CU-C2 SJ2160-5CU-C4 SJ3160-5CU-C4 0.15 ~ 0.7 SJ3160-5CU-C6 SJ2160-5CU-M3 SJ3160-5CU-M5 SJ2260-5CU-C2 SJ3260-5CU-C2 SJ2260-5CU-C4 SJ3260-5CU-C4 0.1 ~ 0.7 SJ3260-5CU-C6 SJ2260-5CU-M3 SJ3260-5CU-M5 Flow Port Size Port Size Voltage l/min A/B P/E 40 40 77 99 125 54 100 38 41 83 105 128 51 105 Circuits Symbols Ø2 (A) (B) 42 Ø4 Ø8 24 VDC Ø6 M3 M5 513 (EA)(P) (EB) Ø2 (A) (B) 42 Ø4 Ø8 24 VDC Ø6 M3 M5 513 (EA) (P) (EB) Other types of actuation, voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request Solenoid variations Part number SJ2160-5CU-C2 SJ260-5CU-C2 SJ2160R-5CU-C2 SJ2160K-5CU-C2 SJ2160T-5CU-C2 SJ2160-5MU-C2 SJ2160-5MNU-C2 SJ2160-5MOU-C2 SJ2160-5CZ-C2 SJ2160-5CUJ-C2 SJ2160-5CUD-C2 Description SJ2000 valve with light/surge voltage suppresser standard (non-polar) only; and with no power saving, individual wiring, shut-off switch. 1: 2 position single solenoid 2: 2 position double solenoid 3: 3 position closed center 4: 3 position exhaust center 5: 3 position pressure center A: dual 3 port valve N.C./N.C. B: dual 3 port valve N.O./N.O. C: dual 3 port valve N.C./N.O. SJ2000 valve with external pilot SJ2000 valve with built-in back pressure check valve SJ2000 valve with power saving circuit SJ2000 valve with individual wiring (connector and 300 mm length wiring cable) SJ2000 valve with individual wiring (connector without wiring cable) SJ2000 valve with individual wiring (no connector, no wiring cable) SJ2000 valve with light/surge voltage suppresser and individual wiring SJ2000 valve with shut-off switch for individual disconnection SJ2000 valve with manual override locking switch Modular Manifold SJ2000, SJ3000 No. 1 2 3 4 5 U side 6 Description Part number Internal pilot Internal pilot / built-in silencer SUP/EXH External pilot block External pilot / built-in silencer assembly For different pressure, internal pilot For different pressure, internal pilot / built-in silencer End block assembly DIN rail For D-sub connector Connector For flat ribbon cable 26 pins block For flat ribbon cable 16 pins assembly For flat ribbon cable 10 pins For serial wiring DeviceNet, 32 points Serial DeviceNet, 32 points Interface DeviceNet, 16 points unit DeviceNet, 16 points SUP/EXH block disk assembly Notes C6: Ø6 straight C8: Ø8 straight L6: Ø6 elbow upward entry L8: Ø8 elbow upward entry B6: Ø6 elbow downward entry L8: Ø8 elbow downward entry SJ3000-50-3AS- (All one-touch fitting) SJ3000-53-1A : number of stations VZ1000-11-1- SJ3000-42-1A- : 1 connector upward SJ3000-42-2A- : 2 connector lateral SJ3000-42-3A- SJ3000-42-4A- SJ3000-42-5A T-branch type EX180 -SDN1 Straight type EX180 -SDN1A T-branch type EX180 -SDN2 Straight type EX180 -SDN2A SJ3000-44-1A SJ3000-50-1A- SJ3000-50-1AS- SJ3000-50-1AR- SJ3000-50-1ARS- SJ3000-50-3A- Manifold variations SUP block disk assembly EXH block disk assembly Part number Description w q t e D side r SS5J2-60S0-U * SS5J3-60S0-U * SS5J3-M60S0- U * SS5J2-60FD1-U * SS5J2-60PD1-U * SS5J2-60PGD1-U * SS5J2-60PHD1-U * SS5J2-60SQ-U * SS5J2-60SQ1-U * Without Serial Interface unit, SJ2000 * stations Without Serial Interface unit, SJ3000 * stations Without SI unit, SJ2000/SJ3000 mixed * stations D-sub connector, SJ2000 * stations Flat ribbon cable, 26 pins, SJ2000 * stations Flat ribbon cable, 20 pins, SJ2000 * stations Flat ribbon cable, 10 pins, SJ2000 * stations EX180 DeviceNet, 32 points, SJ2000 * stations EX180 DeviceNet, 16 points, SJ2000 * stations This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 39 3 Solenoid Valves 4 Port Solenoid Valves, Cassette Type Connecter Type Manifold Solenoid Valves 7 mm Width Compact Pilot Type 5 Port Solenoid Valve Type of act. Series Plug-in type Series S0700 Plug lead type 2 position Single 2 position Double Plug-in type Plug lead type Plug-in type 4 position Plug lead type Plug-in type Plug lead type 3 Plug-in type 4 position 4 position S0710R-5 S0715-5G S0715R-5G S0715-6G S0715-5M S0715-5MO S0715-5G-M5 Flow l/min Voltage S0710-5 0.2~0.7 105 24 VDC S0715-5 0.2~0.7 105 24 VDC S0720-5 0.2~0.7 105 24 VDC S0725-5 0.2~0.7 105 24 VDC S07A0-5 0.2~0.7 90 24 VDC Circuit Symbols (A) (B) 4 2 5 1 3 (R1) (P) (R2) (A) (B) 4 2 5 1 3 (R1) (P) (R2) 4 (A) 5 (R1) 0.2~0.7 90 24 VDC S07B0-5 3 Port N.O.+N.O. S07B5-5 0.2~0.7 90 24 VDC 4 (A) 0.2~0.7 90 24 VDC 5 (R1) S07B0-5 3 Port N.C.+N.O. S07B5-5 0.2~0.7 90 24 VDC 4 (A) 24 VDC 5 (R1) 0.2~0.7 90 2 (B) 1 (P) 3 (R2) 2 (B) 1 (P) 3 (R2) 2 (B) 1 (P) 3 (R2) Description Base mounted plug-in, 24 VDC valve with external pilot Plug lead, 24 VDC valve with grommet electrical entry and without sub-plate Plug lead, 24 VDC valve with external pilot and grommet electrical entry Plug lead, 12 VDC valve with grommet electrical entry Plug lead, 24 VDC valve with M plug connector for electrical entry Plug lead, 24 VDC valve with M plug connector (without lead wire) for electrical entry Plug lead, 24 VDC valve with grommet electrical entry and sub-plate Manifold specifications Part no. Type Plug-in • Compact design with high flow capacity. • Power consumption: 0.1W (with power savin circuit). • Applicable to Serial Wiring Gateway Type. • 2 Types of manifold pitch are selectable (Plug lead type): 8.5 mm pitch with onetouch fittings; 7.5 mm pitch: with barb fittings. Operating pressure range (MPa) S07A5-5 Solenoid variations Part no. Single unit Plug-lead Solenoid Valves Plug lead type 3 Port N.C.+N.C. Part no. SS0750- * C4SDA1N SS0750- * C4SDA2N SS0750- * C4SDNN첸 SS0750- * C4SD0첸 SS0750- * C4FD1 SS0750- * C4PD2 SS0750- * C4JD0 SS0750- * C4TD0 SS0750- * C4LD0 SS0750- * C4MD3 SS0755- * C4C SS0755-SAN * C4 SS0755- * V2C S0725-5G S07C5-5M-M5 Description S kit: Serial trasmission (EX500), Remote I/O (RIO) S kit: Serial trasmission (EX500), Ethernet/IP, DeviceNet, Profibus S kit: Serial trasmission (EX250), PROFIBUS DP S kit: Serial trasmission (EX250), without serial unit F kit: D-Sub conector (25P) with 1.5 m cable P kit: Flat ribbon cable (26P) with 3.0 m cable J kit: PC wiring compatible flat ribbon cable (20P) T kit: Terminal block L kit: Lead wire, with 0.6 m cable M kit: Circulat connector (26P), with 5.0 m cable C kit: Lead wire, 8.5 manifold pitch S kit: Serial transmission (EX510) C kit: Lead wire, 7.5 manifold pitch Connector kit: 2 position double, grommet, without sub-plate connector kit: 4 position dual 3 port type (NC+NO), with lead wire, with sub-plate * : number of stations S kit Serial Transmission EX500 EX510 F kit D-sub Connector P kit Flat Ribbon Cable M kit Circular Connector C kit Lead Wire EX250 J kit PC Wiring System Compatible Flat Ribbon Cable 0 EX50 series 6 7 14 15 0 1 8 9 T kit Terminal Block L kit Lead Wire This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 40 Solenoid Valves Series SYJ3000 Type of act. Switching Operating pressure function range (MPa) 5 SYJ3143-5LOU-Q single 0.15 ~ 0.7 5 SYJ3243-5LOU-Q double 0.1 ~ 0.7 5 SYJ3343-5LOU-Q Closed center SYJ3443-5LOU-Q Exhaust center SYJ3543-5LOU-Q Pressure center 5 5 • Micro design. • Common exhaust for pilot and main valve. • Low power consumption 0.35 W. • Minimum service life of 50 million switching cycles. • Manual override non-locking type as standard. • Minimal switching times of only 15 ms. Part number Solenoid Valve Flow l/min Mounting Voltage Circuit Symbols to 24V DC manifold 98 0.2 ~ 0.7 3 Accessory • Manifold SYJ3000-22-1-Q SS5YJ3-S41-02-M5F-Q SS5YJ3-S41-03-M5F-Q SS5YJ3-S41-04-M5F-Q SS5YJ3-S41-05-M5F-Q SS5YJ3-S41-06-M5F-Q SS5YJ3-S41-08-M5F-Q SS5YJ3-S41-10-M5F-Q SS5YJ3-S41-12-M5F-Q SYJ3000-21-2A-Q Sub-plate. M5x0.8 port Manifold for 2 valves. M5 port Manifold for 3 valves. M5 port Manifold for 4 valves. M5 port Manifold for 5 valves. M5 port Manifold for 6 valves. M5 port Manifold for 8 valves. M5 port Manifold for 10 valves. Port M5 Manifold for 12 valves. Port M5 Blanking plate Accessory Plug connection with cable Cable L= 0.6 m Cable L= 1 m Without cover With cover Solenoid Valves 5 Port Solenoid Valve SY100-30-4A-6 SY100-68-A-6 SY100-30-4A-10 SY100-68-A-10 Cable L= 2 m Cable L= 3 m SY100-30-4A-20 SY100-30-4A-30 SY100-68-A-20 SY100-68-A-30 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 41 Solenoid Valves 5 Port Solenoid Valves Body Ported Type of act. Series SY3000•5000 SY7000•9000 SY3120-5LOU-C6-Q SY5120-5LOU-C6-Q SY5120-5YO-C6-Q 5 SY7120-5LOU-C8F-Q Single SY7120-5YO-C8F-Q SY9120-5LOU-C10F-Q SY9120-5YO-C10F-Q SY3220-5LOU-C6-Q SY5220-5LOU-C6-Q SY5220-5YO-C6-Q 5 SY7220-5LOU-C8F-Q Double SY7220-5YO-C8F-Q SY9220-5LOU-C10F-Q SY9220-5YO-C10F-Q Solenoid Valves 3 • Superior service life - at least 50m. switching cycles. • Pilot air model available. • Body ported type. • With changeable fittings set for port A and B. • Low power consumption 0.35 W with 24 V DC. • Can be directly controlled by SPS. • 10 ms response time. • Plug combinations: 2 pin plug model with light/surge voltage suppressor integrated into plug body (miswiring protection) DIN connector for IP65 (only with valve sizes 5000/7000/9000). Accessory • Replacement fittings SY000-6A3 5 7 9 3000 5000 7000 9000 SY 3000 5000 7000 9000 M5 • C4 • C6 • • 01F • C8 • • • C10 • • 02F • • 03F • C12 • Flow l/min Part number Solenoid Valve SY3320-5LOU-C6-Q SY5320-5LOU-C6-Q SY5320-5YO-C6-Q 5 Closed SY7320-5LOU-C8F-Q center SY7320-5YO-C8F-Q SY9320-5LOU-C10F-Q SY9320-5YO-C10F-Q SY3420-5LOU-C6-Q SY5420-5LOU-C6-Q SY5420-5YO-C6-Q 5 Exhaust SY7420-5LOU-C8F-Q center SY7420-5YO-C8F-Q SY9420-5LOU-C10F-Q SY9420-5YO-C10F-Q 196 500 For electr. Port Size entry A/B at 24 V DC 2 pin plug connector 0.15 ~ 0.7 760 196 2 pin plug connector 491 760 2 pin plug connector DIN plug connector DIN plug connector 196 2 pin plug connector 395 G 1/4” M5 Ø 6 mm G 1/8” Ø 8 mm P: G 1/4”, R: G 1/8” Ø 10 mm 2 pin plug connector DIN plug connector G 1/4” M5 Ø 6 mm DIN plug connector 0.2 ~ 0.7 G 1/8” Ø 8 mm P: G 1/4”, R: G 1/8” 2 pin plug connector 1676 DIN plug connector 206 2 pin plug connector 402 Ø 10 mm 2 pin plug connector DIN plug connector G 1/4” M5 Ø 6 mm DIN plug connector 0.2 ~ 0.7 G 1/8” Ø 8 mm P: G 1/4”, R: G 1/8” 2 pin plug connector 1637 DIN plug connector 2 pin plug connector Ø 10 mm 2 pin plug connector DIN plug connector G 1/4” M5 Ø 6 mm DIN plug connector 0.2 ~ 0.7 G 1/8” Ø 8 mm P: G 1/4”, R: G 1/8” 2 pin plug connector DIN plug connector Ø 10 mm G 1/4” Manifold for 2 valves. Port size ** Manifold for 3 valves. Port size ** Manifold for 4 valves. Port size ** Manifold for 5 valves. Port size ** Manifold for 6 valves. Port size ** Manifold for 7 valves. Port size ** Manifold for 8 valves. Port size ** Manifold for 9 valves. Port size ** Manifold for 10 valves. Port size ** Manifold for 11 valves. Port size ** Manifold for 12 valves. Port size ** Blanking plate with screws and gasket for SY3000 Blanking plate with screws and gasket for SY5/7/9000 Mounting plate for a valve, side * 20 for SY3000 20 for SY5000 20 for SY7000 23 for SY9000 Port size ** Accessory Plug connector with cable Cable L= 0.6 m Cable L= 1 m Without cover With cover Ø 10 mm 2 pin plug connector 1700 Accessory • Manifold SS5Y--02-00F-Q * SS5Y--03-00F-Q * SS5Y--04-00F-Q * SS5Y--05-00F-Q * SS5Y--06-00F-Q * SS5Y--07-00F-Q * SS5Y--08-00F-Q * SS5Y--09-00F-Q * SS5Y--10-00F-Q * SS5Y--11-00F-Q * SS5Y--12-00F-Q * SY3000-26-19A-Q SY000-26-1A-Q SX000-16-1A Ø 8 mm P: G 1/4”, R: G 1/8” DIN plug connector 0.1 ~ 0.7 609 G 1/8” 2 pin plug connector DIN plug connector 630 Circuit Symbols Port P/R M5 Ø 6 mm DIN plug connector 2 pin plug connector DIN plug connector 1700 SY3520-5LOU-C6-Q 206 SY5520-5LOU-C6-Q 402 SY5520-5YO-C6-Q 5 Pressure SY7520-5LOU-C8F-Q center 609 SY7520-5YO-C8F-Q SY9520-5LOU-C10F-Q 1760 SY9520-5YO-C10F-Q 3 for SY3000 5 for SY5000 7 for SY7000 9 for SY9000 Operating pressure range MPa SY100-30-4A-6 SY100-68-A-6 SY100-30-4A-10 SY100-68-A-10 for SY3000: G 1/8” for SY5000: G 1/4” for SY7000: G 1/4” for SY9000: G 3/8’’ Cable L= 2 m Cable L= 3 m SY100-30-4A-20 SY100-30-4A-30 SY100-68-A-20 SY100-68-A-30 Accessory • DIN connector With indicator light and Without indicator light 24VDC protective circuit without protective circuit SY100-82-3-05 SY100-82-1 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 42 Solenoid Valves Type of actuation Part number Solenoid Valve Flow l/min 255 5 port Single SY3140-5LOU-Q SY5140-5LOU-Q SY5140-5YO-Q SY7140-5LOU-Q SY7140-5YO-Q SY9140-5LOU-Q SY9140-5YO-Q Series SY3000•5000•7000•9000 5 port Double • Body design for base mounting. • Low power consumption 0.35 W with 24 V DC. • Can be directly controlled by PLC. • Minimal response time of only 10 ms. • 2 pin miniature socket protects against miswiring. • Long service life of at least 50 million switching cycles. 5 port Closed center 5 port Exhaust center U Side r w 5 port Pressure center Operating pressure range (MPa) 0.15 ~ 0.7 DIN plug connection 2 pin socket 2200 DIN plug connection 255 2 pin socket 687 0.1 ~ 0.7 3 DIN plug connection 2 pin socket 2200 DIN plug connection 255 2 pin socket 422 0.2 ~ 0.7 DIN plug connection 2 pin socket 900 DIN plug connection 2 pin socket 2160 DIN plug connection 255 2 pin plug 422 0.2 ~ 0.7 DIN plug connection 2 pin plug 900 DIN plug connection 2 pin plug 2050 SY3540-5LOU-Q SY5540-5LOU-Q SY5540-5YO-Q SY7540-5LOU-Q SY7540-5YO-Q SY9540-5LOU-Q SY9540-5YO-Q DIN plug connection 2 pin socket 900 SY3440-5LOU-Q SY5440-5LOU-Q SY5440-5YO-Q SY7440-5LOU-Q SY7440-5YO-Q SY9440-5LOU-Q SY9440-5YO-Q DIN plug connection 2 pin socket 900 SY3340-5LOU-Q SY5340-5LOU-Q SY5340-5YO-Q SY7340-5LOU-Q SY7340-5YO-Q SY9340-5LOU-Q SY9340-5YO-Q Circuit Symbols 2 pin socket 687 SY3240-5LOU-Q SY5240-5LOU-Q SY5240-5YO-Q SY7240-5LOU-Q SY7240-5YO-Q SY9240-5LOU-Q SY9240-5YO-Q For electr. entry at 24 V DC Solenoid Valves 5 Port Solenoid Valves, Manifold type, plug lead type DIN plug connection 255 2 pin plug 422 0.2 ~ 0.7 DIN plug connection 2 pin plug 900 DIN plug connection 3120 2 pin plug DIN plug connection Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request q Modular manifold SY3000, SY5000 No. w e DIN rail fixing screw D side Item SY3000 Manifold 1 block ass’y SX3000-50-1A-C4-Q SX3000-50-1A-C6-Q 2 3 4 5 5 7 Ø 4 mm Ø 6 mm Ø 8 mm SUP./EXH. block ass’y End block ass’y D side End block ass’y U side DIN rail Blanking plate Replacement Ø 4 mm Ø 6 mm fitting Ø 8 mm SX3000-51-1A SX3000-52-1A SX3000-53-1A VZ1000-11-1- SX3000-75-1A-Q VVQ1000-50A-C4 VVQ1000-50A-C6 SY5000 SX5000-50-1A-C6-Q SX5000-50-1A-C8-Q SX5000-51-1A SX5000-52-1A-Q SX5000-53-1A-Q SX5000-76-1A-Q VVQ1000-51A-C6 VVQ1000-51A-C8 Accessory • Manifold - Aluminum SS5Y-42-02Manifold for 2 valves * ** -Q SS5Y-42-04Manifold for 4 valves * ** -Q ** -Q SS5Y-42-06Manifold for 6 valves * SS5Y-42-08Manifold for 8 valves ** -Q * SS5Y-42-10Manifold for 10 valves ** -Q * SS5Y-42-12Manifold for 12 valves ** -Q * SY3000-26-9A-Q Blanking plate with gasket and screws for SY3000 SY5000-26-20A-Q Blanking plate with gasket and screws for SY5000 SY7000-26-22A-Q Blanking plate with gasket and screws for SY7000 SY9000-26-2A-Q Blanking plate with gasket and screws for SY9000 Accessory • DIN plug connector with indicator light and without indicator light 24VDC protective circuit without protective circuit SY100-82-3-05 SY100-82-1 Accessory plug connector with cable Cable L= 0.6 m Cable L= 1 m Without cover With cover SY100-30-4A-6 SY100-68-A-6 SY100-30-4A-10 SY100-68-A-10 Cable L= 2 m * 3 for SY3000 * 5 for SY5000 * 7 for SY7000 ** ** ** C6 for SY3000 C8F for SY5000 C10F for SY7000 Cable L= 3 m SY100-30-4A-20 SY100-30-4A-30 SY100-68-A-20 SY100-68-A-30 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 43 Solenoid Valves Solenoid Valves 5 port, cassette type Type of actuation Series SY3060•5060•7060 SY3160-5LOU-C6-Q SY3160-5MOU-C6-Q 5 SY5160-5LOU-C6-Q Single SY5160-5MOU-C6-Q SY7160-5LOU-C8-Q SY7160-5MOU-C8-Q SY3260-5LOU-C6-Q SY3260-5MOU-C6-Q 5 SY5260-5LOU-C6-Q Double SY5260-5MOU-C6-Q SY7260-5LOU-C8-Q SY7260-5MOU-C8-Q 3 Solenoid Valves Part number Solenoid Valve • Valve block easy to expand and disassemble. • Reduced cost through a combination of valve and manifold. • Valve width 10/15/18 mm. • Minimal weight means it can be mounted directly to the consumer. • 0.35 W power consumption. • Can be directly controlled by PLC. • 10 ms response time. • New gasket provides superior consensate resistance. • Manual override non-locking type as standard. • Replacement fittings mean cylinder ports are easy to change. • Minimum operating life of 50 million switching cycles. • Common exhaust type pilot air, individual SUP/EXH block assembly, SUP/EXH passage block. • Modern design. D side SY3360-5LOU-C6-Q SY3360-5MOU-C6-Q 5 SY5360-5LOU-C6-Q Closed SY5360-5MOU-C6-Q center SY7360-5LOU-C8-Q SY7360-5MOU-C8-Q SY3460-5LOU-C6-Q SY3460-5MOU-C6-Q 5 SY5460-5LOU-C6-Q Exhaust SY5460-5MOU-C6-Q center SY7460-5LOU-C8-Q SY7460-5MOU-C8-Q SY3560-5LOU-C6-Q SY3560-5MOU-C6-Q 5 SY5560-5LOU-C6-Q Pressure center SY5560-5MOU-C6-Q SY7560-5LOU-C8-Q SY7560-5MOU-C8-Q Flow l/min Operating For electr. Port Size pressure range entry A/B at 24 V DC MPa 196 Ø 6 mm Circuit Symbols Voltage 24V DC 441 0.15 ~ 0.7 other Ø 8 mm voltages upon request 980 196 441 0.1 ~ 0.7 LOU: bipolar 2 pin plug connector with indicator light Ø 6 mm and LED lead wire entry direction to side 24V DC 980 other Ø 8 mm voltages upon request 196 Ø 6 mm 24V DC 441 0.2 ~ 0.7 980 196 MOU: bipolar Ø 8 mm 2 pin plug connector with indicator light and LED lead wire entry direction ABOVE Ø 6 mm other voltages upon request 24V DC 441 0.2 ~ 0.7 other Ø 8 mm voltages upon request 980 YO: DIN plug connector Ø 6 mm upon request 196 24V DC 441 0.2 ~ 0.7 other Ø 8 mm voltages upon request 980 Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request Modular manifold No. Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Valves Supply station End plate D side End plate U side Bushing assembly Aluminium DIN rail Additional SUP block assy Additional EXH block assy SUP/EXH blocking disc Silencer for EXH channel SY5000 SY7000 see table above SY5000-55-1A-Q SY5000-56-1A-Q SY5000-56-1B-Q SY5000-52-3A VZ1000-11-1- SY5000-54-1C-Q SY5000-55-1B-Q SY5000-52-4A AN300-KM10 SY7000-75-1A-Q SY7000-56-1A-Q SY7000-56-1A-Q SY7000-70-1A VZ1000-11-1- SY7000-54-1C-Q SY7000-55-1B-Q SY7000-70-2A AN300-KM12 SY3000 SY3000-55-1A-Q SY3000-56-1A-Q SY3000-56-1B-Q SY3000-52-5A VZ1000-11-1- SY3000-54-1C-Q SY3000-55-1B-Q SY3000-52-6A AN203-KM8 DIN rail fixing screw SY000-6A3 5 7 U Side Accessory Replacement fittings Accessory Plug connector with cable (LOU, MOU) Cable L= 0.6 m Cable L= 1 m Without cover With cover SY100-30-4A-6 SY100-68-A-6 SY100-30-4A-10 SY100-68-A-10 3000 5000 7000 SY 3000 5000 7000 M5 C4 C6 01F C8 C10 02F • • • Cable L= 2 m • • • Cable L= 3 m SY100-30-4A-20 SY100-30-4A-30 SY100-68-A-20 SY100-68-A-30 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 44 • • • Solenoid Valves Type of actuation Series SY3000•5000 5 port Single • Easily installed, internally wired to D-sub connector and field bus. • Valves easily assembled/ disassembled. • Small, compact design. • Push-in fittings standard. • Minimal, 10 ms. response times. • Low power consumption, 0.35 W. • Superior service life - at least 50 million switching cycles. Part number Solenoid Valve Operating Number of pressure range stations occupied Flow l/min 255 SY3140-5FU-Q 1 24V DC 0.15 ~ 0.7 MPa SY5140-5FU-Q 687 5 port Double SY3245-5FU-Q 255 SY5245-5FU-Q 687 5 port Closed center SY3345-5FU-Q 255 SY5345-5FU-Q 422 5 port Exhaust center SY3445-5FU-Q 255 1 2 24V DC 0.1 ~ 0.7 MPa 2 2 24V DC 0.2 ~ 0.7 MPa 3 2 2 24V DC 0.2 ~ 0.7 MPa SY5445-5FU-Q 422 SY3545-5FU-Q 5 port Pressure center SY5545-5FU-Q 255 Voltage Solenoid Valves Solenoid Valves 5 port, manifold type 2 2 0.2 ~ 0.7 MPa 422 24V DC 2 Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request Modular manifold Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Ø 4 mm Ø 6 mm Ø 8 mm SUP./EXH. block ass’y End block ass’y D side End block ass’y U side D sub, SY Electr. manifold Blanking plate Manifold block ass’y Ø 4 mm Replacement Ø 6 mm fitting Ø 8 mm 8 DIN rail 9 Silencer For manifold Part no. and specification, please contact SMC or consult SMC catalogue SY•SX3000 SX3000-50-20A-C4 SX3000-50-20A-C6 SX3000-51-2A SX3000-52-2A-Q SX3000-53-2A-Q SY3000-65-1NA- (negative com.) SX3000-75-2A-Q VVQ1000-50A-C4 VVQ1000-50A-C6 VZ1000-11-1- AN203-KM8 SY•SX5000 SX5000-50-20A-C6 SX5000-50-20A-C8 SX5000-51-2A SX5000-52-2A-Q SX5000-53-2A-Q SY5000-65-1NA- (negative com.) SX5000-76-2A-Q VVQ1000-51A-C6 VVQ1000-51A-C8 AN300-KM10 ** Length in mm U Side r D sub SY: 06 * for 6 coils 10 for 10 coils 15 for 15 coils 20 for 20 coils w D sub SX: 6 * for 6 valves 10 for 10 valves Field bus upon request SY q q t Mainfold release button e Plug connection Cover for cable channel A D side DIN rail fixing screw Accessory • D sub connector with cable L= 5 m L= 3 m GVVZS3000-21A-2 GVVZS3000-21A-3 L= 8 m GVVZS3000-21A-4 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 45 Solenoid Valves Solenoid Valves 4 position dual 3 port, 5 port, base type Type of Part number actuation Solenoid Valve Flow l/min SV1100-5FU SV2100-5FU SV3100-5FU SV4100-5FU SV1200-5FU SV2200-5FU SV3200-5FU SV4200-5FU SV1300-5FU SV2300-5FU SV3300-5FU SV4300-5FU SV1400-5FU SV2400-5FU SV3400-5FU SV4400-5FU SV1500-5FU SV2500-5FU SV3500-5FU SV4500-5FU SV1A00-5FU SV2A00-5FU 280 570 1080 1580 280 570 1080 1580 270 334 653 1472 280 352 653 1380 383 705 1138 2204 230 470 SV1B00-5FU SV2B00-5FU SV1C00-5FU SV2C00-5FU Series SV1000•4000 5 port Single 5 port Double Solenoid Valves 3 5 port Closed center • Internal wiring. • Easy to install. • Valves easily assembled/ disassembled. • Small, compact design. • Push-in fittings standard. • Minimal, 10 ms. response times. • Low power consumption, 0.6 W. • Superior service life - at least 50 millon switching cycles. 5 port Exhaust center 5 port Pressure center 4 pos. dual 3 port NC/NC 4 pos. dual 3 port NO/NO 4 pos. dual 3 port NC/NO Operating pressure range (MPa) Voltage 0.15 ~ 0.7 24V DC 0.1 ~ 0.7 24V DC 0.2 ~ 0.7 24V DC 0.2 ~ 0.7 24V DC 0.2 ~ 0.7 24V DC 0.15 ~ 0.7 24V DC 230 470 0.15 ~ 0.7 24V DC 230 470 0.15 ~ 0.7 24V DC Manifold for field bus upon request For manifold Part no. and specification, please contact SMC or consult SMC catalogue. Accessory • Replacement fittings for A/B SV1000 SV2000 One-touch fitting Ø 3.2 mm Ø 4 mm Ø 6 mm Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm D sub connector SV4000 Manifold • D sub connector Manifold for 2 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-02B-C ** Manifold for 3 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-03B-C ** Manifold for 4 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-04B-C ** Manifold for 5 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-05B-C ** Manifold for 6 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-06B-C ** Manifold for 7 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-07B-C ** Manifold for 8 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-08B-C ** Manifold for 9 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-09B-C ** Manifold for 10 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-10B-C ** Manifold for 11 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-11B-C ** Manifold for 12 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -10FD1-12B-C ** 6 for SV1000: Ø 6 mm with A/B 1 for SV1000 * ** Circular plug 2 for SV2000 3 for SV3000 4 for SV4000 Accessory • D sub connector with cable L= 5 m L= 3 m GVVZS3000-21A-2 SV3000 VVQ1000-50A-C3 VVQ1000-50A-C4 VVQ1000-50A-C6 VVQ1000-51A-C6 VVQ2000-51A-C6 VVQ1000-51A-C8 VVQ2000-51A-C8 VVQ4000-50B-C8 VVQ2000-51A-C10 VVQ4000-50B-C10 VVQ4000-50B-C12 GVVZS3000-21A-3 Accessory • Circular plug with cable Cable L= 1.5 m L= 3 m L= 8 m GVVZS3000-21A-4 L= 5 m GAXT100-MC26-015 GAXT100-MC26-030 GAXT100-MC26-050 Accessory • Field bus, see Field bus component p. 3-17 8 for SV2000: Ø 8 mm with A/B 8 for SV3000: Ø 8 mm with A/B 10 for SV4000: Ø 10 mm with A/B Manifold • Circular plug IP65 Manifold for 2 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-02B-C ** Manifold for 3 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-03B-C ** Manifold for 4 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-04B-C ** Manifold for 5 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-05B-C ** Manifold for 6 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-06B-C ** Manifold for 7 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-07B-C ** Manifold for 8 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-08B-C ** Manifold for 9 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-09B-C ** Manifold for 10 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-10B-C ** Manifold for 11 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-11B-C ** Manifold for 12 stations. Port ø ** SS5V * -W10CD-12B-C ** * 1 for SV1000 ** 6 for SV1000: Ø 6 mm with A/B 8 for SV2000: Ø 8 mm with A/B 2 for SV2000 3 for SV3000 8 for SV3000: Ø 8 mm with A/B 4 for SV4000 10 for SV4000: Ø 10 mm with A/B This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 46 Solenoid Valves Flow l/min Operating pressure range (MPa) Voltage 177 (Metal seal) 245 (Rubber seal) 638 (Metal seal) 805 (Rubber seal) 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 24V DC 177 (Metal seal) 245 (Rubber seal) 638 (Metal seal) 805 (Rubber seal) 0.18 ~ 0.7 0.18 ~ 0.7 0.18 ~ 0.7 0.18 ~ 0.7 24V DC 157 (Metal seal) 177 (Rubber seal) 442 (Metal seal) 490 (Rubber seal) 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 24V DC 177 (Metal seal) 245 (Rubber seal) 638 (Metal seal) 687 (Rubber seal) 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 24V DC 157 (Metal seal) 177 (Rubber seal) 442 (Metal seal) 490 (Rubber seal) 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 24V DC 177 (Rubber seal) 490 (Rubber seal) 177 (Rubber seal) 490 (Rubber seal) 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 177 (Rubber seal) 490 (Rubber seal) 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 Type of Part number actuation Solenoid Valve Series SQ1000•2000 2 Position single 2 Position double 3 Position closed centre • Stacking manifold. • Manifold mounted type. • Easy replacement of clip type One-touch fittings. • Built-in back pressure check valve. • Connector entry Direction can be changed with a single push. • Unprecedented high speed response and long service life. 3 Position exhaust centre 3 Position pressure centre Dual 3 port valve N.C. Dual 3 port valve N.O. Dual 3 port valve N.C.+N.O. SQ1130-5- * SQ1131-5- * SQ2130-5- * SQ2131-5- * SQ1230-5- * SQ1231-5- * SQ2230-5- * SQ2231-5- * SQ1330-5- * SQ1331-5- * SQ2330-5- * SQ2331-5- * SQ1430-5- * SQ1431-5- * SQ2430-5- * SQ2431-5- * SQ1530-5- * SQ1531-5- * SQ2530-5- * SQ2531-5- * SQ1A31-5- * SQ2A31-5- * SQ1B31-5- * SQ2B31-5- * SQ1C31-5- * SQ2C31-5- * 3 Solenoid Valves 5 Port Solenoid Valve, Metal seal / Rubber seal 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC * A,B port: C3 One touch fitting for ø3.2 Only for SQ1000 C4 One touch fitting for ø4 C6 One touch fitting for ø6 C8 One touch fitting for ø8 Only for SQ2000 M5 M5 thread Only for SQ1000 • How to order Manifold • ** Electrical entry: SS5Q13 - * ** -D SS5Q23 - * ** -D F kit • * Stations: 1 station 01 : : 16 16 stations Lead wire connector entry direction Kit description U side D side D-sub connector kit P kit Flat ribbon cable connector kit ( 26P 20P ) FD0 FD1 FD2 FD3 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PDC Cable specification D-sub connector (25P) kit, without cable D side D-sub connector (25P) kit, with 1.5m cable D-sub connector (25P) kit, with 3.0m cable D-sub connector (25P) kit, with 5.0m cable Flat ribbon cable (26P) kit, without cable Note 1) D side Flat ribbon cable (26P) kit, with 1.5m cable Flat ribbon cable (26P) kit, with 3.0m cable Flat ribbon cable (26P) kit, with 5.0m cable Flat ribbon cable (20P) kit, without cable J kit JD0 D side LD0 LU0 LD1 LU1 LD2 LU2 SDF SDH SDJ1 SDJ2 SDQ SDR1 SDR2 SDV D side Flat ribbon cable (20P) (PC Wiring System compatible) L kit Lead wire kit S kit Serial transmission kit U side D side U side D side U side Flat ribbon cable (20P) PC Wiring System compatible Lead wire kit, with 0.6m cable Lead wire kit, with 1.5m cable Lead wire kit, with 3.0m cable NKE Corporation: Uni-wire System compatible NKE Corporation: Uni-wire H System compatible SUNX Corporation: S-LINK System (16 outputs) compatible D side SUNX Corporation: S-LINK System (8 outputs) compatible DeviceNet, OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/D compatible OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S (16 outputs) compatible OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S (8 outputs) compatible Mitsubishi Electric Corporation: CC-LINK System compatible This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 47 Solenoid Valves Solenoid Valves 4 position dual 3 port, 5 port manifold with connector Type of Part number actuation Solenoid Valve Series VQC1000•2000•4000 2 Position single 2 Position double Solenoid Valves 3 Connector • Excellent response times. • Long service life. • Compact design and superior flow rate. • One-touch fitting can be changed with a single push. 3 Position closed centre 3 Position exhaust centre 3 Position pressure centre Serial transmission EX250 Dual 3 port valve N.C. Dual 3 port valve N.O. Dual 3 port valve N.C.+N.O. SI-unit for I/O (Profibus, Devicenet, CANopen, AS.i, etc.) Flow l/min Operating pressure Utisable cylinder range (MPa) bore size (mm) VQC1101N-5 VQC1100N-5 VQC2101N-5 VQC2100N-5 VQC4101N-5 VQC4100N-5 206 (Rubber seal) 157 (Metal seal) 540 (Rubber seal) 451 (Metal seal) 2061 (Rubber seal) 1472 (Metal seal) 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 1.0 0.15 ~ 1.0 VQC1201N-5 VQC1200N-5 VQC2201N-5 VQC2200N-5 VQC4201N-5 VQC4200N-5 206 (Rubber seal) 157 (Metal seal) 540 (Rubber seal) 451 (Metal seal) 2061 (Rubber seal) 1472 (Metal seal) 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 1.0 0.15 ~ 1.0 VQC1301N-5 VQC1300N-5 VQC2301N-5 VQC2300N-5 VQC4301N-5 VQC4300N-5 157 (Rubber seal) 157 (Metal seal) 481 (Rubber seal) 451 (Metal seal) 1865 (Rubber seal) 1472 (Metal seal) 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 1.0 0.15 ~ 1.0 VQC1401N-5 VQC1400N-5 VQC2401N-5 VQC2400N-5 VQC4401N-5 VQC4400N-5 157 (Rubber seal) 157 (Metal seal) 481 (Rubber seal) 451 (Metal seal) 1865 (Rubber seal) 1472 (Metal seal) 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 1.0 0.15 ~ 1.0 VQC1501N-5 VQC1500N-5 VQC2501N-5 VQC2500N-5 VQC4501N-5 VQC4500N-5 206 (Rubber seal) 157 (Metal seal) 785 (Rubber seal) 559 (Metal seal) 1865 (Rubber seal) 1865 (Metal seal) 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 1.0 0.15 ~ 1.0 VQC1A01N-5 VQC2A01N-5 VQC1B01N-5 VQC2B01N-5 157 (Rubber seal) 451 (Rubber seal) 157 (Rubber seal) 451 (Rubber seal) 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 up to ø50 mm. up to ø80 mm. VQC1C01N-5 VQC2C01N-5 157 (Rubber seal) 451 (Rubber seal) 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 up to ø50 mm. up to ø80 mm. up to ø50 mm. up to ø80 mm. up to ø160 mm. up to ø50 mm. up to ø80 mm. up to ø160 mm. up to ø50 mm. up to ø80 mm. up to ø160 mm. up to ø50 mm. up to ø80 mm. up to ø160 mm. up to ø50 mm. up to ø80 mm. up to ø160 mm. up to ø50 mm. up to ø80 mm. Input blocks How to Order Manifold VV5QC 1 1 08 C6 FD0 1 2 4 Valve size Kit designation/Electrical entry VQC1000 VQC2000 VQC4000 FD0 D-sub connector (25-pin) MD0 Multipole connector (26-pin) SD0 For serial unit EX250 (note 1) (note 2) Stations 01 1 station 12 12 station Note 1) SI units and input blocks ordered separetly, see table 1. Note 2) With SDO needed always 1 endplate EX250-EA1. For others contact local SMC. Port size Port size C4 C6 C8 C10 C12 02 03 With ø4 One-touch fitting With ø6 One-touch fitting With ø8 One-touch fitting With ø10 One-touch fitting With ø12 One-touch fitting Rc 1/4 Rc 3/8 VQC1000 VQC2000 VQC4000 Table 1 EX250-SPR1 EX250-SDN1 EX250-SCA1A EX250-SAS3 EX250-SAS5 EX250-SCN1 EX250-SEN1 EX250-IE1 EX250-IE2 EX250-IE3 EX250-EA1 Profibus SI-unit DeviceNet SI-unit CANopen SI-unit AS-i SI-unit (8 input/8 output) AS-i SI-unit (4 input/4 output) Control/Net EtherNet/IP Input block 2 x M12 (2 input) Input block 2 x M12 (4 input) Input block 4 x M8 (4 input) Endplate SI- units Input-blocks This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 48 Solenoid Valves Series VQ1000•2000 Type of actuation 5 port Single 5 port Double 5 port • All pilot valves on one side, meaning 3 sides have no ports - up to 45 % space saving. • Either on DIN rail or direct mounting. • Valves attached simply using a «one screw-clamp» system. • Rubber and metal seal types available. • Long service life of at least 200m. switching cycles e.g. with metal seal. • Multi-pin connection to valve block for simple electronic connection. • Short, 10 ms. response times. • Low power consumption, 1 W (0.5 W optional). • Wide range of options available, e.g. external pilot. For manifold Part no. and specification, please contact SMC or consult SMC catalogue. Manual override Example for options Pressure Gauge Closed center 5 port Exhaust center 5 port Pressure center Part number Solenoid Valve Seal type Flow l/min Operating pressure range (MPa) Voltage VQ1101N-5-Q VQ1100N-5-Q VQ2101N-5-Q VQ2100N-5-Q Rubber Metal seal Rubber Metal seal 295 166 883 785 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 24V DC VQ1201N-5-Q VQ1200N-5-Q VQ2201N-5-Q VQ2200N-5-Q Rubber Metal seal Rubber Metal seal 295 166 883 785 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 24V DC VQ1301N-5-Q VQ1300N-5-Q VQ2301N-5-Q VQ2300N-5-Q Rubber Metal seal Rubber Metal seal 295 166 883 785 VQ1401N-5-Q VQ1400N-5-Q VQ2401N-5-Q VQ2400N-5-Q Rubber Metal seal Rubber Metal seal 295 166 883 785 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 VQ1501N-5-Q VQ1500N-5-Q VQ2501N-5-Q VQ2500N-5-Q Rubber Metal seal Rubber Metal seal 295 166 883 785 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 24V DC 3 24V DC Solenoid Valves 5 Port Solenoid Valves, internal wiring 24V DC Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request Accessory • Manifold • D sub connector VV5Q1-02C Manifold for 2 stations. Port ø ** * ** FUO-Q VV5Q1-03C Manifold for 3 stations. Port ø ** * ** FUO-Q VV5Q1-04C Manifold for 4 stations. Port ø ** * ** FUO-Q VV5Q1-05C Manifold for 5 stations. Port ø ** * ** FUO-Q VV5Q1-06C Manifold for 6 stations. Port ø ** * ** FUO-Q VV5Q1-07C Manifold for 7 stations. Port ø ** * ** FUO-Q VV5Q1-08C Manifold for 8 stations. Port ø ** * ** FUO-Q VV5Q1-09C Manifold for 9 stations. Port ø ** * ** FUO-Q VV5Q1-10C Manifold for 10 stationsPort ø ** * ** FUO-Q VV5Q1-11C Manifold for 11 stations. Port ø ** * ** FUO-Q VV5Q1-12C Manifold for 12 stations. Port ø ** * ** FUO-Q VVQ000-10A-1 Blanking plate * VVQ000-57A DIN rail mounting set * VZ1000-11-3- ** * Aluminum DIN rail AN203-KM8/AN300-KM10 Silencer for VQ1000/VQ2000 * 1 for VQ1000 2 for VQ2000 ** 6 for VQ1000: Ø 6 mm with A/B 8 for VQ2000: Ø 8 mm with A/B Manifold for field bus upon request Accessory • Replacement fitting for A/B VQ1000 Vacuum unit Blanking plate ø 3.2 mm one-touch fitting ø 4 mm one-touch fitting ø 6 mm one-touch fitting ø 8 mm one-touch fitting M5 mm one-touch fitting Accessory • D sub connector with cable L= 5.0 m L= 3.0 m GVVZS3000-21A-2 VQ2000 VVQ1000-50A-C3 VVQ1000-50A-C4 VVQ1000-50A-C6 VVQ1000-51A-C6 VVQ1000-51A-C8 VVQ1000-50A-M5 GVVZS3000-21A-3 L= 8.0 m GVVZS3000-21A-4 4 position dual 3 port function 2 stations matching fitting DIN rail 90° plug connection 90° plug connection Additional SUP Type of actuation Part number Solenoid Valve Seal type 2 x 3 NC-NC 2 x 3 NO-NO 2 x 3 NC-NO VQ * A01N-5-Q VQ * B01N-5-Q VQ * C01N-5-Q Rubber * 1 for size 1000 2 for size 2000 Additional EXH This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 49 Solenoid Valves 5 Port Solenoid Valves, internal wiring Series VQ4000•5000 Type of actuation 5 port Single 5 port Double 5 port Closed center 3 Solenoid Valves 5 port Exhaust center 5 port • Compact design. • Superior flow capacity. • 2 valve seal models (elastomer or metal). • Short switching times, 12 ms - 50 ms. • Multi-pin plug connection with ready made electrical connections to the solenoid valves. • IP65 possible. • Integral push-in fittings mean replacement is easy. Pressure center Part number Solenoid Valve Seal type Flow l/min Operating pressure range (MPa) Voltage VQ4101-5-Q VQ4100-5-Q VQ5101-5-Q VQ5100-5-Q Rubber Metal Rubber Metal ~ 2160 ~ 1960 ~ 4320 ~ 3920 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 24V DC VQ4201-5-Q VQ4200-5-Q VQ5201-5-Q VQ5200-5-Q Rubber Metal Rubber Metal ~ 2160 ~ 1960 ~ 4320 ~ 3920 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 24V DC VQ4301-5-Q VQ4300-5-Q VQ5301-5-Q VQ5300-5-Q Rubber Metal Rubber Metal ~ 1960 ~ 1760 ~ 3440 ~ 3340 VQ4401-5-Q VQ4400-5-Q VQ5401-5-Q VQ5400-5-Q Rubber Metal Rubber Metal ~ 2160 ~ 1960 ~ 4320 ~ 3920 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 VQ4501-5-Q VQ4500-5-Q VQ5501-5-Q VQ5500-5-Q Rubber Metal Rubber Metal ~ 2160 ~ 1960 ~ 3440 ~ 3340 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.15 ~ 0.7 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request Field bus, IP65 version available upon request For manifold Part no. and specification, please contact SMC or consult SMC catalogue. D side U side Modular manifold No. Item VQ4000 1 End plate D side 2 End plate U side for D sub Ø 10 mm Sub-plate Double-wiring Ø 3/8” Ø 1/2” 3 Ø 10 mm Sub-plate Single wiring Ø 3/8” Ø 1/2” Replacement Ø 8 mm 4 fittings Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm Accessory • D sub connector with cable L= 5 m L= 3 m GVVZS3000-21A-2 VQ5000 VVQ4000-3A-1-L VVQ5000-3A-1-L VVQ4000-2A-1-F VVQ5000-2A-1-F VVQ40000-1A-F1-C10 VVQ40000-1A-F1-03F VVQ50000-1A-F1-03F VVQ50000-1A-F1-04F VVQ40000-1A-F2-C10 VVQ40000-1A-F2-03F VVQ50000-1A-F2-03F VVQ50000-1A-F2-04F VVQ40000-50B-C8 not available for VVQ40000-50B-C10 VQ5000 VVQ40000-50B-C12 GVVZS3000-21A-3 L= 8 m GVVZS3000-21A-4 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 50 Solenoid Valves Type of Part number actuation Solenoid Valve Series VSR8-4•VSS8-4 VSS8-4-FG-S-3V-Q 2 single VSR8-4-FG-S-3V-Q Operating Flow (l/min) Flow (l/min) pressure Voltage range (MPa) (P → A,B) (A,B → EA,EB) VSS8-4-FG-D-3V-Q 2 double VSR8-4-FG-D-3V-Q 0.1 ~ 1 704 772 0.15 ~ 1 904 1006 0.1 ~ 1 704 772 0.1 ~ 1 904 1006 3 VSS8-4-FHG-D-3V-Q closed centre VSR8-4-FHG-D-3V-Q 0.15 ~ 1 704 727 0.2 ~ 1 835 1068 3 VSS8-4-FJG-D-3V-Q exhautst centre VSR8-4-FJG-D-3V-Q 0.15 ~ 1 613 749 0.2 ~ 1 769 986 3 VSS8-4-FIG-D-3V-Q pressure centre VSR8-4-FIG-D-3V-Q 0.15 ~ 1 727 727 0.2 ~ 1 1085 888 Circuits Symbols (A) (B) 4 2 24 VDC 5 1 3 (R1) (P) (R2) metal (A) (B) 4 2 rubber (A) (B) 4 2 24 VDC 5 1 3 (R1) (P) (R2) 5 1 3 (R1) (P) (R2) (A) (B) 4 2 24 VDC 5 1 3 (R1) (P) (R2) (A) (B) 4 2 24 VDC 3 5 1 3 (R1) (P) (R2) (A) (B) 4 2 24 VDC 5 1 3 (R1) (P) (R2) Solenoid Valves 5 Port ISO 15407-2 Valves Size 01, Plug-in type Other types of actuation, voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request Manifold variations Part number VV801--W1-Q * VV801-11-W1-Q * VV801-42-W1-Q * VV801-83-W1-Q * Description Without SI/input block, kit designation , * stations With 1 input block, M12-2 inputs, kit designation , * stations With 4 input blocks, M12-4 inputs, kit designation , * stations With 8 input blocks, M8-4 inputs, kit designation , * stations Kit designation Max. no. of Kit stations/solenoids • Conforming to ISO 15407-2. • IP65 enclosure protection: dust / splashproof type. • Light weight (3-position: 0.26 kg). • Large capacity (1000 l/min ANR for a cylinder driving size of Ø100). FD0 PD0 LD0 MD0 TD0 SD0 SDN SDQ SDTA SDTB SDTC SDTD SDY SDZCN SDZEN SDA2 1 to 12 stations / 24 1 to 12 stations / 24 1 to 12 stations / 24 1 to 12 stations / 24 1 to 10 stations / 20 1 to 12 stations / 24 1 to 12 stations / 24 1 to 12 stations / 24 1 to 4 stations / 8 1 to 2 stations / 4 1 to 4 stations / 8 1 to 2 stations / 4 1 to 12 stations / 24 1 to 12 stations / 24 1 to 12 stations / 24 1 to 8 stations / 16 Kit, protocol, and cable lenght D-sub connector kit (25P) without cable Flat ribbon cable kit (26P) without cable Lead wire kit (25 core)0.6m lead wire Multiple connector kit (26P) without cable Terminal block box kit Serial kit without SI unit EX250 Serial kit for PROFIBUS DP EX250 Serial kit for DeviceNet EX250 Serial kit for AS-I 8 in/out, 31 slaves, 2 power supply systems EX250 Serial kit for AS-I 4 in/out, 31 slaves, 2 power supply systems EX250 Serial kit for AS-I 8 in/out, 31 slaves, 1 power supply system EX250 Serial kit for AS-I 4 in/out, 31 slaves, 1 power supply system EX250 Serial kit for CANopen EX250 Serial kit for ControlNet EX250 Serial kit for EtherNet/IP Ex500 Serial kit for DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP Manifold variations Part number Description VV801-P-03 Individual SUP spacer VV801-R-03 Individual EXH spacer VVS8040-ARB-A-1-X1S VVS8040-ARB-B-1-X1S VSS8040-ARB-P-1-X1S VVS8040-ARB-A-1-X1L VVS8040-ARB-B-1-X1L VSS8040-ARB-P-1-X1L Interface regulator with short pressure gauge adapter and different regulation types (A, B, P ports) Interface regulator with long pressure gauge adapter and different regulation types (A, B, P ports) VVS8040-11A Blanking plate This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 51 Solenoid Valves 5 Port Solenoid Valves, ISO 5599/I compliant Series VQ7-6/VQ7-8 Solenoid Valves 3 • Latest valve technology with standard port sizes. • ISO1 and ISO2. • Electrical connection via DIN plug connector or cable with M12 plug connector. • Superior flow capacity. • Enclosure IP65. • Rubber and metal seals available. • Small, compact design, up to 13% smaller. Type of actuation Part number Solenoid Valve Type Flow l/min Operating pressure range (MPa) 5 port Single VQ7-6-FG-S-3ZR-Q VQ7-6-FG-S-3Z-Q VQ7-8-FG-S-3ZR-Q VQ7-8-FG-S-3Z-Q ISO1 rubber seal ISO1 metal seal ISO2 rubber seal ISO2 metal seal 5 port Double VQ7-6-FG-D-3ZR-Q VQ7-6-FG-D-3Z-Q VQ7-8-FG-D-3ZR-Q VQ7-8-FG-D-3Z-Q ISO1 rubber seal ISO1 metal seal ISO2 rubber seal ISO2 metal seal 1700 1500 3200 3200 1700 1500 3200 3200 0.2 ~ 0.7 0.15~1.0 0.2~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 5 port Closed center VQ7-6-FHG-D-3ZR-Q VQ7-6-FHG-D-3Z-Q VQ7-8-FHG-D-3ZR-Q VQ7-8-FHG-D-3Z-Q ISO1 rubber seal ISO1 metal seal ISO2 rubber seal ISO2 metal seal 1500 1400 2800 2800 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 24V DC VQ7-6-FJG-D-3ZR-Q ISO1 rubber seal 5 port Exhaust VQ7-6-FJG-D-3Z-Q ISO1 metal seal center VQ7-8-FJG-D-3ZR-Q ISO2 rubber seal VQ7-8-FJG-D-3Z-Q ISO2 metal seal 1700 1500 3200 3000 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 24V DC VQ7-6-FIG-D-3ZR-Q ISO1 rubber seal 5 port ISO1 metal seal Pressure VQ7-6-FIG-D-3Z-Q center VQ7-8-FIG-D-3ZR-Q ISO2 rubber seal VQ7-8-FIG-D-3Z-Q ISO2 metal seal 1700 1500 3200 3000 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 24V DC ISO1 rubber seal ISO1 metal seal ISO2 rubber seal ISO2 metal seal 1100 1100 2200 2200 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 0.15~1.0 24V DC 5 port Exhaust center with check valve VQ7-6-FPG-D-3ZR-Q VQ7-6-FPG-D-3Z-Q VQ7-8-FPG-D-3ZR-Q VQ7-8-FPG-D-3Z-Q Voltage 24V DC 24V DC Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request O: for DIN connector SC: with cable and M12 plug connector Modular manifold Item Left end plate Right end plate Manifold ISO1 ISO1 G 3/8” G 1/2” G 3/8” G 1/2” G 1/4” G 3/8” G 1/2” ISO2 EAXT502-LA-03 EAXT512-LA-04 EAXT502-RA-03 EAXT512-RA-04 EAXT502-1A-A02 EAXT502-1A-A03 EAXT512-1A-A03 EAXT512-1A-A04 ISO2 Accessory • Sub-plate ISO1 G 1/4” G 3/8” G 1/2” G 3/4” EVS7-1-A02F EVS7-1-A03F ISO2 EVS7-2-A03F EVS7-2-A04F EVS7-2-A06F This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 52 Solenoid Valves Function Series EVS7-6/8/10 Circuit Symbols Type of actuation 5 5 5 • Standardized hole pattern for fixing, air channels and standard pilot component. • 3 types of series, for sizes I,II,III. • Valves made with lapped metal seal for hash operating conditions. • All 5 port functions possible. • Universally connectable with standard base plate. • Broad range of accessories (speed controller, dual pressure system, etc.). • Service life of over 100m. switching cycles. Flow l/min Single 5 5 Operating pressure range Closed center Exhaust center Pressure center 0.1~1.0 MPa Voltage * ISO1: 1/4, 3/8, 1/2 24V DC 12V DC ISO2: 24V AC ISO2: 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 110V AC 3148 220V AC ISO3: ISO1: 1476 Double Port size 1/2, 3/4, 1 * other voltages upon request 3 Solenoid Valves ISO-CNOMO Solenoid Valves 5 port MULTI-FUNCTIONAL ASSEMBLY POSSIBLE • Compliant with ISO. Compliant with ISO • VDMA WIDE RANGE OF ACCESSORIES Manifolds, individual exhaust connections, blanking plates, intermediate plates, modular pressure regulator, and many more. Complies with VDMA24563 and ISO15407-1 Series EVS1-01/02 Superior flow. Excellent response time. Long service life (VQ100 pilot valve) Enclosure IP65. Metal or rubber seals for the main valve,suitable for use in a variety of operating conditions. Electrical entry: Type 01: M12 (5 pin) Type 02: M8 (4 pin) Size 01 (EVS1-01) Rubber seal: Cv0.9 (900 l/min) Metal seal: Cv0.6 (600 l/min) Size 02 (EVS1-02) Rubber seal: Cv0.5 (500 l/min) Metal seal: Cv0.3 (300 l/min) Switching time: EVS1-01 single/metal seal: 20ms or less EVS1-02 double/metal seal: 12ms or less Service life: min 100m cycles This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 53 Solenoid Valves Compliant with ISO5599/1 Series EVS7-6/8/10 Superior flow. Low power consumption 1.8 W. Enclosure IP65. Metal or rubber seals for the main valve, suitable for use in a variety of operating environments and conditions. Electrical entry: M12 (5 pin). Service life: min 100m cycles. 3 Solenoid Valves Size 1 (EVS7-6) Size 2 (EVS7-8) Size 3 (EVS7-10) Rubber seal: Cv1.1 (1100 l/min) Metal seal: Cv0.9 (900 l/min) Rubber seal: Cv3 (3000 l/min) Metal seal: Cv2.4 (2400 l/min) Rubber seal: Cv4 (4000 l/min) Metal seal: Cv3 (3000 l/min) Super compact Series VV061 Directly operated 3 port solenoid valve. Valve width 6 mm. Variety of valve connection options and systems. Light weight - 4 g. Super compact Series S070 2 port solenoid valve. Valve width 7 mm. Low power consuption: 0.35 W (standard), 0.1 W (with power saving). Flow from 6 l/min to 20 l/min. Light weight - 5 g. Manifolds easily assembled/disassembled. Dimensions: Single valve This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 54 Solenoid Valves SMC Field Bus Technology EX240 Connection Valve family direct SV/VQ Enclosure 16/- DeviceNet TM IP20 direct SY Number of Outputs/Inputs Connection Valve family Enclosure Max. 32/Max. 32/Max. 16/Max. 16/- direct direct direct direct SJ SJ SJ SJ IP40 Field bus system Number of Outputs/Inputs Connection Valve family Enclosure EX240-SPR1 PROFIBUS DP Max.32/32 direct VQ EX240-SDN2 DeviceNetTM Max.32/32 direct VQ Field bus system Number of Outputs/Inputs Connection Valve family direct direct direct direct direct direct direct direct SV/VQC SV/VQC SV/VQC SV/VQC SV/VQC SV/VQC SV/VQC SV/VQC Connection Valve family Enclosure Gateway system Gateway system Gateway system IP65 direct direct SV/VQC SV/VQC SV/VQC SV VQC Connection Valve family Enclosure Gateway system Gateway system SY/SJ/SZ/SQ/VQ SYJ/S0700/VQZ SY/SYJ/S0700/VQZ SY/VQ SZ/SQ SJ IP20 EX122-SDN1 Part number Field bus system EX180-SDN1 EX180-SDN1A EX180-SDN2 EX180-SDN2A DeviceNet Part number EX250 Number of Outputs/Inputs EX120-SDN1 Part number EX500 Field bus system EX250-SDN1 EX250-SPR1 EX250-SCA1A EX250-SEN1 EX250-SAS3 EX250-SAS5 EX250-SAS7 EX250-SAS9 TM Max.32/32 Max.32/32 Max.32/32 Max.32/32 DeviceNetTM PROFIBUS DP CAN Open Ethernet/IPTM AS interface 8/8 4/4 8/8 4/4 2 voltage supply 2 voltage supply 1 voltage supply 1 voltage supply Part number Field bus system Number of Outputs/Inputs EX500-GPR1A EX500-GDN1 EX500-SEN1 EX500-S001 (*) EX500-Q001 (*) PROFIBUS DP DeviceNetTM Ethernet/IPTM SMC internal SMC internal Max.64/64 Max.64/64 Max.64/64 16/16 16/16 3 Solenoid Valves EX180 EX120/EX122 Part number IP65 Enclosure IP67 IP67 (*) Only in connection with EX500 - GPR1A or EX500 - GDN1 EX510 Part number EX510-GPR1 EX510-GDN1 EX510-S001 EX510-S002A EX510-S002B EX510-S002C Field bus system Number of Outputs/Inputs PROFIBUS DP DeviceNetTM SMC internal SMC internal SMC internal SMC internal Max.64/64 Max.64/64 16/16 16/16 16/16 16/16 direct direct direct direct Modular input units Number of Max.units to Part number Inputs/Unit be combined EX250-IE1 EX250-IE2 EX250-IE3 2 (M12) 4 (M12) 4 (M8) 16 8 8 Series SV/VQC SV/VQC SV/VQC This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 55 Solenoid Valves Solenoid Valves 3 Gateway System EX500 Serial Transmission System This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 56 Solenoid Valves No. Item Part number 1 2 3 4 5 6 Input unit Input block Input block Input block Output block Power block EX500-IB1 EX500-IE3 EX500-IE5 EX500-IE1 EX9-OEP2 EX9-PE1 7 8 9 End plate End plate DIN Rail EX500-EB1 EX9-EA03 VZ1000-11-1- Max.16 inputs 2 (M12) inputs 8 (M8) inputs 2 (M8) inputs 2 NPN output (+COM.) Max. 8 outputs block stations 3 10 Communication connector 11 Cable with M12 connector 12 Power cable with connector (for GW unit) 13 14 15 16 Waterproof cap Waterproof cap Waterproof cap Terminal plug input unit Solenoid Valves = number of stations EX9-AC020EN-PSRJ M12 plug (straight) - RJ-45 connector Straight connector type 8-pins EX500-AC-SAPA Straight connector type 8-pins EX500-AC-SSPS Straight connector type EX500-AP-S Angle connector type EX500-AP-A M8 connector for socket EX500-AWES M12 connector for socket EX500-AWTS M12 connector for plug EX500-AWTP M12 EX500-AC000-S = Cable length (l) 11 003 = 300 mm 005 = 500 mm 010 = 1000 mm 030 = 3000 mm 050 = 5000 mm 12 010 = 1000 mm 050 = 5000 mm This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 57 Process Valves Process Valves Process Valves 3 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 59 Process Valves Valve Selection based on the Process Fluid IMPORTANT: When choosing a process valve it is not only mere chemical compatibility of the materials which has to be taken into consideration but rather the design and the valve's operating mechanism. A solenoid valve, for example, will not operate correctly with highly viscous fluids in spite of being made with materials which are chemically compatible. (The selection is a guide. Specific process conditions can render an initially valid option inadequate) VCS VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB VNB SGCA VND EPR PTFE FPM VXD,VXZ VXZ VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ VXD, VXZ SGC STAINLESS STEEL BRASS/BRONZE/IRON pilot operated VCA,VDW VX, VCA VDW VX VX VX VX VX VX VX VX VCA VX VCL VCL VX VX VCL VCL VX VCW, VDW VCW, VDW VCB air operated direct operated Process Valves 3 ALUMINIUM NBR MATERIALS BODY SEALS RECOMMENDED MODELS Fluid Air Low Vacuum (1torr) Vacuum Ethyl Alcohol (2) Ethylene Glycol Trichloroethane Trichloroethylene Perchloroethylene Caustic Soda (25%) Argon Helium Nitrogen Gas Carbon Dioxide Light Oil Silicone Oil (1) Brake Fluid Fuel oil Heavy Oil (1) Kerosene Naphta Fresh Water Water Water at a high Temperature (up to 99°C) Coolants Steam Recommended options, consult other combinations. (1) Operating with solenoid valves, the viscosity cannot exceed 50 centistokes. (2) Highly flammable fluids. When possible, use metal body and connect to an earth wire to avoid an accumulation of static electricity. Directly operated valves Series: VX2, VCA, VCB, VCL, VCS, VCW, VDW10/20/30, VDW200/300, VX3 P. 2 to 6 Pilot operated valves Series: VXD, VXZ, VXP, VXR, VXH, VXF P. 7 to 9 Air operated valves Series: VXA2, VXA3, VNA, VNB, VND, VXFA P. 10 to 12 Specific application valves Series: VQ20/30, PVQ, SGC/SGCA, VCH41/42/410, VCH, VCHR30/40, VCHN3/4, LVA, LVC, LVH, LVD, LVQ, LVM Applicable fluids for high purity valves. P. 13 to 20 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 60 P. 20 Process Valves Solenoid direct operated valves 2 Port Solenoid Valve Directly Operated Series VX2 These models are suitable for water, oil, low vacuum and air ∗ Function 2 N.C. Q [Nl/min] Part number VX2110A-01F-5D1 VX2120A-01F-5D1 VX2220A-02F-5D1 VX2230A-02F-5D1 VX2110A-01F-JDR1 VX2120A-01F-JDR1 VX2220A-02F-JDR1 VX2230A-02F-JDR1 167 324 324 599 167 324 324 599 Maximun Kv differential 3 [m /h] pressure [MPa] 0.15 0.28 0.28 0.52 0.15 0.28 0.28 0.52 1.5 0.5 1.2 0.3 1.5 0.5 1.2 0.35 Port size Voltage Body/Seal material G1/8” 24 VDC G1/4” Brass/FKM G1/8” G1/4” 230 VAC (with built-in full wave rectifier) 3 Process Valves ∗ For steam and medium vacuum applications, please select the suitable materials from the catalogue. Accessory - DIN plug connector Without indicator light and without protective circuit With indicator light and 24VDC protective circuit With indicator light and 230VAC protective circuit A0 A6 A7 • For air, water, oil, steam. • Built-in full-wave rectifier type is now available. • Solenoid valves for various fluids used in a wide variety of applications. • Reduction of power consumption. • Improvement of corrosion resistance. • Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant. • Low-noise construction. • Enclosure IP65. • Improvement of maintenance performance. • May be mounted on manifold. • Body materials: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal materials: NBR, FKM, EPDM or PTFE. • Other voltages available (AC, DC). Bracket Part Number 2 Port Solenoid Valve Directly Operated These models are suitable for air, inert gas and low vacuum Series VCA Model Part number VX21(1,2,3)0 VX2(2,3)(2,3,4)0 VX021N-12A VX022N-12A Function 2 N.C. Part number Q [Nl/min] Maximun differential pressure [MPa] 324 540 788 324 540 788 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 VCA21-5D-3-02F-Q VCA31-5D-4-02F-Q VCA41-5D-5-03F-Q VCA21-36D-3-02F-Q VCA31-36D-4-02F-Q VCA41-36D-5-03F-Q Port size G1/4” Voltage 24 VDC G3/8” G1/4” Body/Seal material AI/HNBR 230 VAC G3/8” Accessory - DIN plug connector Without indicator light and without protective circuit With indicator light and 24VDC protective circuit With indicator light and 230VAC protective circuit A0 A6 A7 Bracket Part Number • Improved durability. • Compact and lightweight. • Electrical entry available from four directions: 4 x 90º turnable coils. • Enclosure IP65. • Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant. • Built-in rectifying circuit for the AC spec (noise and burn-out prevention). • Body material: Aluminium. • Seal material: HNBR. • Other voltages available (AC, DC). Model Part number VCA21 VCA31 VCA41 VCA20-12-1A VCA30-12-1A VCA40-12-1A This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 61 Process Valves 2 Port Solenoid Valve Directly Operated Series VCB These models are suitable for heated water (up to 99ºC) Function Part number Q [Nl/min] 2 N.C. VCB21-36T-3-02F-N-Q VCB31-36T-4-03F-N-Q VCB41-36T-5-03F-N-Q 324 530 834 Maximun Kv differential [m3/h] pressure [MPa] 0.28 0.46 0.73 0.8 0.8 0.7 Port size Voltage Body/Seal material G 1/4’’ G 3/8’’ G 3/8’’ 230 VAC SUS/FKM Bracket Part Number Model 3 Process Valves Port size 1/8, 1/4 1/4, 3/8 1/4, 3/8 VCB21 VCB31 VCB41 Part number VCW20-12-01A VCW30-12-02A VCW40-12-02A • Improved durability. • Compact and lightweight • Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace the coil. • Improved corrosion resistance Enclosure IP65). • Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant. • Body material: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal material: EPDM or FKM. • Other voltages available (AC). 2 Port Solenoid Valve Directly Operated Series VCL These models are suitable for oil (kerosene, fuel oil, machine and compressor oil, hydraulic fluid, gas oil, turbine oil) Function 2 N.C. Q [Nl/min] Part number VCL21-5D-3-02F-Q VCL31-5D-4-03F-Q VCL41-5D-5-03F-Q 324 530 834 Maximun Kv differential [m3/h] pressure [MPa] 0.28 0.46 0.73 0.8 0.8 0.7 Port size Voltage Body/Seal material 24 VDC Brass/FKM G1/4” G3/8” Accessory - DIN plug connector Without indicator light and without protective circuit With indicator light and 24VDC protective circuit A0 A6 Bracket Part Number Model • Improved durability. • High speed response. • Compact and lightweight. • Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace the coil. • Built-in surge voltage suppressor. • Improved corrosion resistance Enclosure IP65. • Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant. • Viscosity: up to 50 mm2/s. • Body material: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal material: FKM. • Other voltages available (AC, DC). VCL21 VCL31 VCL41 Port size 1/8, 1/4 1/4, 3/8 3/8 Part number VCW20-12-01A VCW30-12-02A VCW40-12-02A This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 62 Process Valves 2 Port Solenoid Valve Directly Operated Series VCS These models are suitable for steam (up to 184ºC) Function 2 N.C. Q [Nl/min] Part number VCS21-36TL-2-01F-Q VCS31-36TL-3-02F-Q VCS31-36TL-4-02F-Q VCS31-36TL-5-03F-Q VCS41-36TL-5-03F-Q 157 785 344 530 834 Maximun Kv differential [m3/h] pressure [MPa] 0.14 0.69 0.30 0.46 0.73 1 0.5 1 0.8 0.7 Port size Voltage Body/Seal material 230 VAC Brass/PTFE G1/8” G1/4” G3/8” Bracket Part Number Model Part number Port size 1/8, 1/4 1/4, 3/8 1/4, 3/8 VCW20-12-01A VCW30-12-02A VCW40-12-02A 3 Process Valves VCS21 VCS31 VCS41 • Improved durability. • Compact and lightweight • Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace the coil. • Improved corrosion resistance Enclosure IP65. • Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant. • Body material: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal material: PTFE or FKM. • Other voltages available (AC). 2 Port Solenoid Valve Directly Operated Series VCW These models are suitable for water and deionized water (industry use) Function Q [Nl/min] Part number VCW21-5D-2-01F-A-Q VCW21-5D-3-02F-A-Q VCW21-5D-4-02F-A-Q VCW31-5D-5-02F-A-Q VCW31-5D-5-03F-A-Q VCW41-5D-5-03F-A-Q 2 N.C. VCW21-36D-2-01F-A-Q VCW21-36D-3-02F-A-Q VCW21-36D-4-02F-A-Q VCW31-36D-5-02F-A-Q VCW31-36D-5-03F-A-Q VCW41-36D-5-03F-A-Q 157 324 501 785 785 834 157 324 501 785 785 834 Maximun Kv differential [m3/h] pressure [MPa] 0.14 0.29 0.43 0.69 0.69 0.73 0.14 0.29 0.43 0.69 0.69 0.73 2 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.7 2 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.7 Port size Voltage Body/Seal material G1/8” G1/4” 24 VDC G3/8” Brass/FKM G1/8” G1/4” 230 VAC G3/8” Accessory - DIN plug connector • Improved durability. • Compact and lightweight. • Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace the coil. • Built-in surge voltage suppressor. • Improved corrosion resistance Enclosure IP65. • Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant. • Body material: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal material: NBR, EPDM, PTFE or FKM. • Other voltages available (AC, DC). Without indicator light and without protective circuit With indicator light and 24VDC protective circuit With indicator light and 230VAC protective circuit A0 A6 A7 Bracket Part Number Model VCW21 VCW31 VCW31 VCW41 Port size 1/8, 1/4 1/4, 3/8 1/2 3/8 Part number VCW20-12-01A VCW30-12-02A VCW30-12-04A VCW40-12-02A This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 63 Process Valves 2 Port Solenoid Valve Directly Operated Poppet Series VDW10/20/30 These models are suitable for water, deionized water (industry use), air and low vacuum Function 2 N.C. Part number Q [Nl/min] VDW11-5G-1-M5-A-Q VDW21-5G-1-01F-A-Q VDW21-5G-2-01F-A-Q VDW31-5G-3-02F-A-Q 30 69 177 275 Maximun Kv differential [m3/h] pressure [MPa] 0.03 0.07 0.16 0.24 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.4 Port size Voltage Body/Seal material 24 VDC Brass/FKM M5 G1/8” G1/4” Bracket Part Number Process Valves 3 Model Part number VDW11 VDW21 VDW31 VDW10-15A-1 VDW20-15A-1 VCW20-12-01A • Compact and lightweight. • Improved durability. • Highly compact valve owing to its mold coil design. • Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace the coil. • Built-in rectifier for the AC specification. • Body material: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal material: NBR or FKM. • Other voltages available (AC, DC). 3 Port Solenoid Valve Directly Operated Poppet Series VDW200/300 These models are suitable for water, deionized water (industry use), air and low vacuum Function Part number Q [Nl/min] 3 C.O. VDW250-5G-1-M5-A-Q VDW250-5G-2-01F-A-Q VDW350-5G-2-02F-A-Q VDW350-5G-3-02F-A-Q VDW250-5G-2-01F-H-Q VDW350-5G-3-01F-H-Q 32 88 155 299 88 299 Maximun Kv differential [m3/h] pressure [MPa] 0.03 0.07 0.14 0.24 0.07 0.24 0.9 0.7 0.8 0.4 0.7 0.4 Port size Voltage M5 G1/8” G1/4” Brass/FKM 24 VDC G1/8” Bracket Part Number Model Part number VDW250 VDW350 VDW20-15A-1 VCW20-12-01A • Compact and lightweight. • Improved durability . • Highly compact valve owing to its mold coil design. • Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace the coil. • Built-in rectifier for the AC specification. • Body material: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal material: NBR or FKM. • Other voltages available (AC, DC). This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 64 Body/Seal material SUS/FKM Process Valves 3 Port Solenoid Valve Directly Operated Poppet Series VX3 These models are suitable for water, oil, low vacuum and air ∗ Function Q [Nl/min] Part number VX3114A-01F-5D1 VX3114A-02F-5D1 VX3224A-02F-5D1 VX3324A-02F-5D1 3 C.O. VX3334A-03F-5D1 VX3114V-01F-5D1 VX3124V-01F-5D1 VX3234V-02F-5D1 VX3344V-02F-5D1 VX3344V-03F-5D1 79 79 186 186 324 79 157 324 491 491 Maximun Kv differential [m3/h] pressure [MPa] Port size Voltage Body/Seal material 0.07 0.07 0.16 0.16 0.28 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.43 0.43 G1/8” 0.6 0.6 Brass/FKM G1/4” 0.6 1 G3/8” 0.6 24 VDC 0.6 G1/8” 0.3 Brass/FKM 0.3 (non-leak) G1/4” 0.3 G3/8” 0.3 ∗ For steam and medium vacuum applications, please select the suitable materials from the catalogue. Without indicator light and without protective circuit With indicator light and 24VDC protective circuit A0 A6 Process Valves Accessory - DIN plug connector 3 • Reduction of power consumption. • Improvement of corrosion resistance. • Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant. • Enclosure IP65. • Low-noise construction. • Improvement of maintenance performance. • May be mounted on manifold. • Body materials: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal materials: NBR, FKM, EPDM or PTFE. • Other voltages available (AC, DC). This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 65 Process Valves Diaphragm pilot operated valves 2 Port Solenoid Valve Pilot Operated diaphragm type Series VXD Function Q [Nl/min] Part number VXD2130A-02F-5D1 VXD2130A-03F-5D1 VXD2130A-04F-5D1 VXD2140A-04F-5D1 VXD2150A-06F-5D1 VXD2260A-10F-5D1 2 N.C. VXD2130A-02F-JDR1 VXD2130A-03F-JDR1 VXD2130A-04F-JDR1 VXD2140A-04F-JDR1 VXD2150A-06F-JDR1 VXD2260A-10F-JDR1 3 Process Valves These models are suitable for air, inert gas, water and oil ∗ Minimun pressure differential = 0.02 MPa. 1865 2356 2356 5398 9324 12269 1865 2356 2356 5398 9324 12269 Maximun Kv differential [m3/h] pressure [MPa] 1.64 2.07 2.07 4.64 8.21 11.07 1.64 2.07 2.07 4.64 8.21 11.07 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.0 1.0 Port size Voltage Body/Seal material G1/8” G3/8” G1/2” 24 VDC G3/4” G1” G1/4” G3/8” Brass/FKM 230 VAC G1/2” (with built-in full G3/4” G1” wave rectifier) Accessory - DIN plug connector • Reduction of power consumption. • Improvement of corrosion resistance. • Enclosure IP65. • Low-noise construction. • Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant. • Improvement of maintenance performance. • Built-in full-wave rectifier available for AC Class B coils. • Body materials: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal materials: NBR, FKM or EPDM. • Other voltages available (AC, DC). 2 Port Solenoid Valve Pilot Operated diaphragm type Series VXZ Without indicator light and without protective circuit With indicator light and 24VDC protective circuit With indicator light and 230VAC protective circuit A0 A6 A7 These models are suitable for water, oil, inert gas, air and low vacuum Function Q [Nl/min] Part number VXZ2230A-02F-5D1 VXZ2230A-03F-5D1 VXZ2240A-04F-5D1 VXZ2350A-06F-5D1 VXZ2360A-10F-5D1 VXZ2230A-02F-JDR1 2 N.C. VXZ2230A-03F-JDR1 VXZ2240A-04F-JDR1 VXZ2350A-06F-JDR1 VXZ2360A-10F-JDR1 1865 2356 5202 9030 11778 1865 2356 5202 9030 11778 Maximun Kv differential 3 [m /h] pressure [MPa] 1.63 2.06 4.56 7.91 10.32 1.63 2.06 4.56 7.91 10.32 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Port size Voltage G 1/4’’ G 3/8’’ G 1/2’’ 24 VDC G 3/4’’ G 1’’ Brass/FKM G 1/4’’ G 3/8’’ 230 VAC G 1/2’’ (with built-in full wave rectifier) G 3/4’’ G 1’’ Accessory - DIN plug connector Without indicator light and without protective circuit With indicator light and 24VDC protective circuit With indicator light and 230VAC protective circuit A0 A6 A7 • Zero differential pressure valve. • Reduction of power consumption. • Improvement of corrosion resistance. • Enclosure IP65. • Low-noise construction. • Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant. • Improvement of maintenance performance. • Built-in full-wave rectifier available for AC Class B coils. • Body materials: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal materials: NBR, FKM or EPDM. • Other voltages available (AC, DC). This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 66 Body/Seal material Process Valves 2 Port Solenoid Valve Pilot Operated Series VXP These models are suitable for air and water ∗ Function Part number Q [Nl/min] VXP2140S-04F-4T1-X53-Q VXP2150S-06F-4T1-X53-Q 2 N.C. VXP2260S-10F-4T1-X53-Q VXP2380-14F-5D-Q 5202 9030 11778 30427 Maximun Kv differential [m3/h] pressure [MPa] Port size Voltage 4.56 7.91 10.32 26.66 1 G 1/2’’ 220 VAC 1 G 3/4’’ 1 G 1’’ 24 VDC 1 G 1 1/2’’ ∗ For steam and oil applications, please select the suitable materials from the catalogue. Body/Seal material Brass/PTFE Brass/NBR Process Valves 3 • Easy to disassemble and reassemble in a short time. 2 Port Solenoid Valve Pilot Operated Series VXR These models are suitable for water and oil (up to 60ºC) Function Part number VXR2150-06F-4D-Q VXR2150-04F-5D1-X602-Q 2 N.C. VXR2270-12F-BDR1-X602-Q VXR2380-14F-BDR1-X602-Q VXR2390-20F-BDR1-X602-Q Maximun Kv differential 3 [m /h] pressure [MPa] 6.45 5.59 18.92 25.80 41.28 1 1 1 1 1 Port size Voltage Body/Seal material G 3/4’’ 220 VAC G 1/2’’ 24 VDC Brass/NBR G 1/2’’ 24 VAC G 1 1/4’’ (built-in rectifier) G 1 1/4’’ • Water hammer relief provided. • Easy to disassemble and reassemble in a short time. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 67 Process Valves 2 Port Solenoid Valve Pilot Operated diaphragm type Series VXH These models are suitable for air, water, steam and oil - High pressure applications (2 MPa) Function 2 N.C. Part number VXH2230-02-4D-Q VXH2230-03-4D-Q VXH2230-04-4D-Q Q [Nl/min] 1865 2356 2356 Maximun Kv differential 3 [m /h] pressure [MPa] 1,63 2,06 2,06 2 2 2 Port size Voltage Body/Seal material Rc 1/4’’ Rc 3/8’’ Rc 1/2’’ 220 VAC Brass/CR Voltage Body/Seal material 24 VDC Aluminium / NBR Process Valves 3 • High pressure applications (2 MPa). • Body material: Brass. • Seal material: NBR. • Other voltages available (AC). 2 Port Solenoid Valve Pilot Operated diaphragm type Series VXF These models are suitable for air (dust collector) Function 2 N.C. Part number VXF2150-06-5DS-Q VXF2150-06-5DO-Q VXF2160-10-5D-Q VXF2160-10-9D-Q(AC24V) Maximun Q differential [Nl/min] pressure [MPa] 9255 9255 17965 17965 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Port size Rc 3/4’’ Rc 1’’ 24 VAC • Silencer option available (19 dB or more). This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 68 Process Valves Air operated valves 2 Port Valve Air Operated Series VXA2 These models are suitable for air, inert gas, low vacuum and water ∗ Function Part number Q [Nl/min] Maximun Kv differential [m3/h] pressure [MPa] Port size Body/Seal material 0.28 382 VXA2120-01F-1 G 1/8’’ 1 0.52 736 VXA2130-02F-1 0.5 0.52 736 VXA2230-02F-1 G 1/4’’ 1 Brass/NBR 0.95 970 VXA2240-02F-1 0.6 0.95 970 VXA2240-03F-1 G 3/8’’ 0.6 2 N.C. 0.28 382 VXA2120V-01F-1 G 1/8’’ 1 0.52 736 VXA2130V-02F-1 0.5 Brass/FKM 0.52 736 VXA2230V-02F-1 G 1/4’’ 1 (non-leak) 0.95 970 VXA2240V-02F-1 0.6 0.95 970 VXA2240V-03F-1 G 3/8’’ 0.6 ∗ For oil and medium vacuum applications, please select the suitable materials from the catalogue. Process Valves 3 Bracket Part Number Model Part number VXA2120, VX2130 VXA2230, VXA2240 VX070-020 VX070-022 • For high viscosity fluids (500 cSt) • Easy to disassemble and reassemble in a short time. • Free take off direction pilot port. • Body material: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal material: NBR, EPDM or FKM. 3 Port Valve Air Operated Series VXA3 These models are suitable for air, inert gas, low vacuum and water ∗ Function Part number VXA3114-01F VXA3124-01F VXA3134-02F VXA3234-02F VXA3244-03F 3 C.O. VXA3114V-01F VXA3124V-01F VXA3134V-02F VXA3234V-02F VXA3244V-03F Q [Nl/min] 75 148 196 271 383 75 148 196 271 383 Maximun Kv differential 3 [m /h] pressure [MPa] Port size Body/Seal material 0.07 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.43 0.07 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.43 1 G 1/8’’ 0.5 0.3 Brass/NBR G 1/4’’ 0.6 G 3/8’’ 0.3 1 G 1/8’’ 0.5 Brass/FKM 0.3 (non-leak) G 1/4’’ 0.6 G 3/8’’ 0.3 ∗ For oil and medium vacuum applications, please select the suitable materials from the catalogue. • For high viscosity fluids (500 cSt). • Easy to disassemble and reassemble in a short time. • Free take off direction pilot port. • Body material: Brass or Stainless steel. • Seal material: NBR, EPDM or FKM. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 69 Process Valves 2 Port Valve Air Operated Series VNA These models are suitable for compressed air, air-hydro circuit control (Ar, He, N2, CO2,Turbine oil, Freon® 11, 113, 114 and hydraulic fluids up to 99ºC) Function VNA101B-F6A VNA101B-F8A VNA101B-F10A VNA201B-F10A VNA201B-F15A 2 N.C. VNA301B-F20A VNA401B-F25A VNA501B-F32A VNA601B-F40A VNA701B-F50A 3 Process Valves Part number Q [Nl/min] Kv [m3/h] 687 1276 1963 3730 4908 7852 11778 17667 27482 42204 0.76 1.29 1.63 3.27 4.13 6.45 10.32 15.48 24.08 36.98 Applicable pressure range [MPa] Port size Body/Seal material G 1/8’’ G 1/4’’ G 3/8’’ 0 to 1 G 1/2’’ G 3/4’’ G 1’’ G 1 1/4’’ G 1 1/2’’ G 2’’ Aluminium / FKM • The balanced poppet permits normal and reverse flow. • Operation from 0 MPa is possible. • Body material: Aluminium. • Seal material: NBR, EPR or FKM. 2 Port Valve Air Operated Series VNB These models are suitable for a wide variety of fluids (air, water, heated water, oil, inert gas and low vacuum) Function Part number VNB104B-F6A VNB104B-F8A VNB204B-F10A VNB204B-F15A VNB304B-F20A 2 N.C. VNB404B-F25A (1 MPa) VNB504B-F32A VNB604B-F40A VNB704B-F50A VNB104BS-F8A VNB204BS-F10A VNB204BS-F15A VNB304BS-F20A Q [Nl/min] Kv [m3/h] 687 984 2460 3000 4909 6878 10803 18654 28473 982 2454 2945 4908 0.6 0.86 2.15 2.15 4.29 6.01 9.44 16.3 24.88 1.04 2.54 2.71 5.00 Applicable pressure range [MPa] Port size Low vacuum to 1 G 1/8” G 1/4” G 3/8” G 1/2” G 3/4” G 1” G 1 1/4” G 1 1/2” G 2” G 1/4’’ G 3/8’’ G 1/2’’ G 3/4’’ Body/Seal material Bronze/FKM Stainless Steel/FKM • Body material: Bronze, Aluminium or Stainless steel. • Seal material: NBR, EPR or FKM. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 70 Process Valves 2 Port Valve Air Operated Series VND These models are suitable for steam up to 180 ºC Function Part number VND104D-F8A-L VND200D-F15A-L VND300D-F20A-L 2 N.C. VND400D-F25A-L VND500D-F32A-L VND600D-F40A-L VND700D-F50A-L Q [Nl/min] Kv [m3/h] 982 4908 7852 11778 17667 27482 43305 10.00 46.43 85.71 135.71 157.14 328.57 535.71 Applicable pressure range [MPa] 0 to 0.97 Port size Body/Seal material G 1/4’’ G 1/2’’ G 3/4’’ G 1’’ G 1 1/4’’ G 1 1/2’’ G 2’’ Bronze / PTFE Process Valves 3 • PTFE seal for steam related applications. • With operation confirmation indicator light. • Body material: Bronze or Stainless steel. • Seal material: PTFE. 2 Port Valve Air Operated Series VXFA These models are suitable for air (dust collector) Function 2 N.C. Part number VXFA2150-06 VXFA2160-10 VXFA2280-14 Maximun Q differential [Nl/min] pressure [MPa] 9255 17965 44096 1 1 1 Port size Body/Seal material Rc 3/4’’ Rc 1’’ Rc 1 1/2’’ Aluminium / NBR This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 71 Process Valves Specific applications valves 2 Port Solenoid Valve Specific Application Valves Pilot Operated Series VQ20/30 These models are suitable for dry air, air and inert gas Function Part number VQ21A1-5Y-C6-Q VQ21A1-5Y-C8-Q 2 N.C. VQ31A1-5Y-C10-Q VQ31A1-5Y-C12-Q Min. Max. Tube Q Operating Operating [Nl/min] Pressure Pressure connection Voltage [Ø mm] [MPa] [MPa] 393 491 785 981 6 8 10 12 0,6 0.01 0,5 Body/Seal material Wiring YO 24VDC (DIN terminal without connector) Resin/ HNBR Process Valves 3 • High frequency operation. • Compact and lightweight. • Long operating life. • Easy piping with one-touch fittings. • Enclosure IP65. • Single and manifold body type options available. • Full wave rectifier and power-saving circuit options available. • Body material: Resin (PBT). • Seal material: NBR. • Other voltages available (AC, DC). 2 Port Solenoid Valve Specific Application Valves Proportional Solenoid Valve Flow rate smoothly controlled by electric current adjustment. Series PVQ These models are suitable for air and inert gas. Vacuum applications possible. Function Part number PVQ13-5L-03-M5-A PVQ13-5L-04-M5-A PVQ13-5L-06-M5-A PVQ13-5L-08-M5-A PVQ31-5G-16-01F 2 N.C. PVQ31-5G-23-01F PVQ31-5G-40-01F PVQ33-5G-16-01F PVQ33-5G-23-01F PVQ33-5G-40-01F Flow rate Max.operating [Nl/min] pressure diff. [MPa] 0 to 5 0 to 6 0 to 5 0 to 100 0 to 75 0 to 100 0 to 75 0.7 0.45 0.2 0.1 0.7 0.35 0.12 0.7 0.35 0.12 Port size Voltage Valve type Base mounted M5 24 VDC Body ported G 1/8” Base mounted • Compact format. • Improved operation life. • Low leakage. • Operation noise during opening/closing of the valve reduced. • Base mounted and body ported configurations. • Body material: Brass or Stainless steel (Only PVQ30). • Seal material: FKM. • Other voltages available (DC). This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 72 Body/Seal material Brass/FKM Process Valves 2 Port Solenoid Valve Specific Application Valves Air Operated Valve Series SGC/SGCA Coolant valve suitable for cutting oils and coolants for machines 0.5, 1 and 1.6 MPa operating pressure ranges available Function Part number SGC type SGC221B-10G15Y-5D 2 N.C. SGC321B-10G20Y-5D SGC421B-10G25Y-5D Kv [m3/h] Operating pressure range [MPa] Port size Voltage Body/Seal material 4.14 6.07 9.46 0 to 1 G 1/2’’ G 3/4’’ G 1’ 24 VDC Cast iron / FKM SGCA SGC Accessory - DIN plug connector Without indicator light and without protective circuit With indicator light and 24VDC protective circuit A0 A6 • Extended service life up to 5 million cycles due to enhanced construction. • With auto switches to verify if the valve is opened or closed. • RoHS directive compliant. • Energy saving: Reduced power consumption. • Light and surge voltage suppressors can be selected. • Body material: Cast iron. • Seal material: NBR or FKM. • Other voltages available for the SGC Series (AC, DC). 2/3 Port Solenoid Valve Specific Application Valves High pressure operation range: 0.5 to 5.0 MPa Series VCH41/42/410 VCH41 VCH42 Part number SGCA type SGCA221B-10G10 SGCA221B-10G15 2 N.C. SGCA321B-10G20 SGCA421B-10G25 Kv [m3/h] Operating pressure range [MPa] Port size Body/Seal material 0 to 1 G 3/8’’ G 1/2’’ G 3/4’’ G 1’ Cast iron / FKM 3.03 4.14 6.07 9.46 Process Valves Function 3 Applicable auto-switches (SGC / SGCA Series) Part No. D-M9PL D-M9PSAPC D-M9BAL Electrical entry 3 m wire with grommet 0,5 m with M8 connector 3 m wire with grommet Special function Water resistant (2-colour display) Wiring (output) 3-wire (PNP) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire These models are suitable for air and inert gas Function 2 N.C. 2 N.O. Function Part number VCH41 type VCH41-5D-06G-Q VCH41-5D-10G-Q VCH42-5D-06G-Q VCH42-5D-10G-Q Part number VCH410 type Operating pressure range [MPa] 0.5 to 5.0 Operating pressure range [MPa] VCH410-5D-04G-Q 3 N.C. VCH410-5D-06G-Q VCH410-5D-10G-Q Port size Voltage Body/Seal material G 3/4’’ G 1’’ G 3/4’’ G 1’’ 24 Vcc Brass/Polyurethane elastomer Port size Voltage Body/Seal material 24 VDC Aluminium / Polyurethane elastomer G 1/2’’ 0.5 to 5.0 G 3/4’’ G 1’’ VCH410 • Energy saving: low power consumption. • Enclosure splash proof (Equivalent to IP65). • Body material: Brass/Aluminium. • Seal material: Polyurethane elastomer. • Other voltages available (DC). This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 73 Process Valves Check valve Specific Application Valves High pressure operation range: 0.05 to 5.0 MPa These models are suitable for air and inert gas Function Part number VCHC40 type Operating pressure range [MPa] Port size Body/Seal material 2 N.C. VCHC40-06G VCHC40-10G 0.05 to 5.0 G 3/4’’ G 1’’ Brass/Polyurethane elastomer Series VCHC40 Process Valves 3 • Body material: Brass. • Seal material: Polyurethane elastomer. Regulator (Relieving type) Specific Application Valves High pressure operation: up to 6.0 MPa Series VCHR30/40 These models are suitable for air Ports Part number Regulating pressure range [MPa] Port size Body/Seal material 2 VCHR30-06G VCHR30-10G VCHR40-10G VCHR40-14G 0.5 ~ 5.0 G 3/4’’ G 1’’ G 1’’ G 1 1/2’’ Aluminium / Polyurethane elastomer • Body material: Aluminium. • Seal material: Polyurethane elastomer. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 74 Process Valves Series VCHN3/4 These models are suitable for air and inert gas Ports Part number VCHN 3/4 Max.Operating pressure [MPa] Port size Body/cover/Absorbing material 1 VCHN3-06 VCHN3-10 VCHN4-10 VCHN4-12 VCHN4-14 5.0 (Solenoid valve inlet pressure) R 3/4 R1 R1 R1 1/4 R1 1/2 Die-casted Aluminium/SUS/Resin Ports Part number VCHNF 3/4 Max.Operating pressure [MPa] Port size Body/cover/Absorbing material 1 VCHNF3-06 VCHNF3-10 VCHNF4-10 VCHNF4-12 VCHNF4-14 5.0 (Solenoid valve inlet pressure) R 3/4 R1 R1 R1 1/4 R1 1/2 • Suitable for air and inert gas. • Materials: Die-casted Aluminium / Stainless steel / Resin. •VCHNF: With freeze reduction. 2 Port Air Operated High Purity Chemical Valve Specific Application Valves Series LVA (Clean Wet Series) 3 Die-casted Aluminium/SUS/Resin Process Valves Silencer Specific Application Valves High pressure operation: up to 5 MPa Compatible with high purity chemicals and deionised water (semiconductor industry) Function Part number LVA10-01F-A LVA20-02F-A LVA30-03F-A LVA40-04F-A LVA50-06F-A LVA60-10F-A 2 N.C. LVA10-01F-B LVA20-02F-B LVA30-03F-B LVA40-04F-B LVA50-06F-B Q [Nl/min] Kv [m3/h] 69 344 1669 3239 5889 7852 69 344 1669 3239 5889 0.06 0.30 1.46 2.83 5.14 6.88 0.06 0.30 1.46 2.83 5.14 Operating pressure range [MPa] 0 to 0.5 0 to 0.4 0 to 0.5 0 to 0.4 Port size G 1/8’’ G 1/4’’ G 3/8’’ G 1/2’’ G 3/4’’ G 1” G 1/8’’ G 1/4’’ G 3/8’’ G 1/2’’ G 3/4’’ Body/Diaphragm material Stainless Steel / PTFE PPS / PTFE • Threaded type valve. • Minimal internal dead volume. • Piston damper to minimize particle generation. • PTFE diaphragm to prevent micro-bubble generation. • New PFA body provides outstanding corrosion resistance. • Back-pressure resistance and service life increased. • 3 port valve version available. • Wetted parts material: PFA, Stainless steel or PPS (body), NBR, EPR or PTFE (diaphragm). This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 75 Process Valves 2 Port Air Operated High Purity Chemical Valve Specific Application Valves Series LVC (Clean Wet Series) Compatible with high purity chemicals and deionised water (semiconductor industry) Function Part number LVC20-S06 LVC30-S10 2 N.C. LVC40-S12 LVC50-S19 LVC60-S25 Q [Nl/min] Kv [m3/h] 344 1669 2454 5889 7852 0.30 1.46 2.14 5.14 6.86 Operating pressure range [MPa] 0 to 0.5 0 to 0.4 Tubing O.D. [mm] Body/Diaphragm material 6 10 12 19 25 PFA/PTFE Process Valves 3 • High temperature chemical fluid handling possible (100ºC). • Integral fitting construction: Hyper Fitting® Series used. • Minimal internal dead volume. • Piston damper to minimize particle generation. • PTFE diaphragm to prevent micro-bubble generation. • New PFA body provides outstanding corrosion resistance. • Back-pressure resistance and service life increased. • 3 port valve version available. • Wetted parts material: PFA (body), PTFE (diaphragm). 2 Port Manually Operated High Purity Chemical Valve Specific Application Valves Series LVH (Clean Wet Series) Compatible with high purity chemicals and deionised water (semiconductor industry) Function Part number LVH20-S06 2 N.C. LVH30-S10 LVH40-S12 Q [Nl/min] Kv [m3/h] Operating pressure range [MPa] Tubing O.D. [mm] Body/Diaphragm material 344 1669 2454 0.30 1.46 2.14 0 to 0.5 6 10 12 PFA/PTFE • Locking and non-locking types available. • Integral fitting type / Threaded type. • Wide range of valve variations available. • Wetted parts materials: PFA, Stainless steel, or PPS (body); PTFE (diaphragm). This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 76 Process Valves 2 Port Air Operated High Purity Chemical Valve Specific Application Valves Series LVD (Clean Wet Series) Compatible with high purity chemicals and deionised water (semiconductor industry) Function Part number LVD10-S03 LVD10-S04 2 N.C. LVD20-S06 LVD30-S10 LVD40-S12 LVD50-S19 Q [Nl/min] Kv [m3/h] 88 88 344 1276 1865 4908 0.08 0.08 0.30 1.11 1.63 4.29 Operating pressure range [MPa] 0 to 0.5 0 to 0.3 Tubing O.D. [mm] Body/Diaphragm material 3 4 6 10 12 19 PFA/PTFE Process Valves 3 • Compact valve : dimension across inlet/outlet ports reduced by up to 25%. • Minimal internal dead volume. • Integral fitting construction: Hyper Fitting® Series. • Piston damper to minimize particle generation. • Piping from 4 directions possible. • Wide range of valve variations available. • Wetted parts materials: PFA / PTFE. 2 Port Air Operated High Purity Chemical Valve Specific Application Valves Series LVQ (Clean Wet Series) Compatible with high purity chemicals and deionised water (semiconductor industry) Function Part number LVQ20-S06 LVQ30-S10 2 N.C. LVQ40-S12 LVQ50-S19 LVQ60-S25 Q [Nl/min] Kv [m3/h] 344 1276 1865 4908 7852 0.30 1.11 1.63 4.29 6.86 Operating pressure range -98 kPa to 0.5 MPa -98 kPa to 0.4 MPa Tubing O.D. [mm] Body/Diaphragm material 6 10 12 19 25 PFA/PTFE • Non-metallic construction without metal screws. • New PFA body, PTFE diaphragm and PVDF actuator section. • Minimal internal dead volume. • Integral fitting construction: Hyper Fitting® Series. • Piston damper to minimize particle generation. • Piping from 8 directions possible. • Space saving: reduction in dimensions. • Wetted parts materials: PFA / PTFE. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 77 Process Valves 2/3 Port Solenoid Valve for Chemicals Specific Application Valves Suitable for air, water, pure water, diluent, cleaning solvent Function Series LVM (Clean Wet Series) 2/2 N.C. 3 Universal Part number Cv factor Operating pressure range Orifice diameter [mm] LVM11-5B-Q LVM10R1 LVM10R3 LVM10R6 LVM102R 0.04 0 to 0.25 MPa 1,5 0.03 -75 kPa to 0.25 MPa 1,4 Volatage Body/Diaphragm material 24 Vcc PEEK/FKM Process Valves 3 • Direct Operated Diaphragm Type Valve. • Valve chamber volume up to 20 µl or less. • Minimal internal dead volume. • Compactness (width: 13 mm) and lightweight (30 g or less ). • Energy saving: low power consumption (1-1.5 W). • Service life of 10 million cycles. (Based on SMC test conditions). • Body ported and base mounted valve options. • Wetted parts material: PEEK or PFA. Base mounted valve only (plate) and EPDM, FKM, or Kalrez® (diaphragm). • Other voltages available (DC). This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 78 Process Valves Applicable Fluids Material and fluid compatibility check list for air and manually operated high purity valves Diaphragm material Body material Stainless steel SUS316 Polyphenylene Fluoro resin sulfide resin PFA PPS Acetone Note 1) Note 1) Fluoro resin PTFE Nitrile rubber NBR Ethylene propylene rubber EPR Note 2) 3 Note 2) Ammonium hydroxide Isobutyl alcohol Note 1) Note 1) Note 2) Isopropyl alcohol Note 1) Note 1) Note 2) Ethyl acetate Note 1) Note 1) Note 2) Butyl acetate Note 1) Note 1) Note 2) Process Valves Chemical Hydrochloric acid Ozone (dry) Hydrogen peroxide Concentration 5% or less, 50°C or less Note 2) Nitric acid (except fuming nitric acid) Concentration 10% or less DI water Sodium hydroxide Concentration 50% or less Nitrogen gas Super pure water Toluene Note 1) Note 1) Note 2) Hydrofluoric acid Note 2) Sulfuric acid (except fuming sulfuric acid) Note 2) Phosphoric acid Concentration 80% or less The material and fluid compatibility check list provides reference values as a guide only. Note 1) Use a stainless steel body, as static electricity may be generated. Note 2) Use caution as permeation may occur and any permeated fluid could effect other material parts. Table symbols : Can be used : Can be used in certain conditions : Cannot be used • Compatibility is indicated for fluid temperatures of 100°C or less. • The material and fluid compatibility check list provides reference values as a guide only, therefore we do not guarantee the application to our product. • The data above is based on the information presented by the material manufacturers. • SMC is not responsible for its accuracy and any damage happened because of this data. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 79 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves 4 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 81 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Pneumatically operated 3 port valves. Series SYJA500/700 Part number Circuit Symbol SYJA512-M5 SYJA712-01F SYJA522-M5 SYJA722-01F Operating pressure range MPa Switching function Port Size N. C. M5 G 1/8” M5 G 1/8” 0.15 ~ 0.7 Port Size Operating pressure range MPa N. O. Flow Nl/min (Cv) 197 (0.2) 492 (0.5) 197 (0.2) 492 (0.5) SYJA300 on request, M5 and M3 ported. Manifolds available on request • 2 standard sizes. • Base and body ported valves available. • Compact design. Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves 4 Pneumatically operated 5 port valves. Series SYJA5000/7000 Part number Circuit Symbols SYJA5120-M5 SYJA7120-01F SYJA5220-M5 SYJA7220-01F Type of actuation Single Double M5 G 1/8” M5 G 1/8” 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 Flow Nl/min (Cv) 197 (0.2) 590 (0.6) 197 (0.2) 590 (0.6) SYJA3000 upon request, M5 and M3 ported. Manifolds available on request • 2 standard sizes. • Compact design. • Lightweight. • Base and body ported valves available. Pneumatically operated 5 port valves. Series SYA3000•5000•7000 Size SYA7000 - Standard Circuit Part no. Symbol SYA7120-02F SYA7120-C8 SYA7120-C10 SYA7220-02F SYA7220-C8 SYA7220-C10 (A)(B) 4 2 Single 5 1 3 (EA)(P)(EB) (A)(B) 4 2 Double 5 1 3 (EA)(P)(EB) (A)(B) 4 2 SYA7320-02F 5 1 3 (EA)(P)(EB) (A)(B) 4 2 • 3 sizes, SYA7000 standard. • Choose base or body ported models. • Long service life. • Can be used with SY solenoid valves on manifold. • 5 port function on request. Switching function SYA7420-02F 5 1 3 (EA)(P)(EB) (A)(B) 4 2 SYA7520-02F 5 1 3 (EA)(P)(EB) Port size A and B G(PF)1/4 Ø8 mm Ø10mm G(PF)1/4 Ø8 mm Ø10mm Operating pressure range MPa Flow Nl/min (Cv) 0.15 ~ 0.7 885 (0.9) 0.1 ~ 0.7 5 port closed center 5 port exhaust center G(PF)1/4 0.2 ~ 0.7 620 (0.9) 5 port pressure center Manifolds available on request This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 82 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Pneumatically operated 5 port valves. Series EVSA7-6 (ISO1) Series EVSA7-8 (ISO2) Series EVSA7-6 ISO1 Part no. Circuit Symbols Operating Flow pressure Nl/min (Cv) range MPa Type of actuation Single 1.476 (1.5) Double 1.476 (1.5) EVSA7-6-FHG-D-2 Closed center 1.378 (1.4) EVSA7-6-FPG-D-2 Closed center 1.082 (1.1) Exhaust center 1.476 (1.5) Pressurised center 1.476 (1.5) EVSA7-6-FG-S-2 5 Number of ports EVSA7-6-FG-D-2 0 ~ 1.0 5 Number of ports EVSA7-6-FJG-D-2 EVSA7-6-FIG-D-2 4 Series EVSA7-8 ISO2 Part no. Circuit Symbols EVSA7-8-FG-S-2 Single 3.148 (3.2) Double 3.148 (3.2) Closed center 3.148 (3.2) 5 Number of ports EVSA7-8-FG-D-2 Operating Flow pressure Nl/min (Cv) range MPa Type of actuation EVSA7-8-FHG-D-2 0 ~ 1.0 EVSA7-8-FPG-D-2 5 Number of ports EVSA7-8-FJG-D-2 Closed center 2.165 (2.2) Exhaust center 3.148 (3.2) Pressurised center 3.148 (3.2) EVSA7-8-FIG-D-2 Modular manifold Item Left end plate Right end plate Manifold ISO1 G 3/8” G 1/2” G 3/8” G 1/2” G 1/4” G 3/8” G 1/2” ISO2 EAXT502-LA-03 EAXT512-LA-04 EAXT502-RA-03 EAXT512-RA-04 EAXT502-1A-A02 EAXT502-1A-A03 EAXT512-1A-A03 EAXT512-1A-A04 Accessory • Sub-plate ISO1 G 1/4” G 3/8” G 1/2” G 3/4” EVS7-1-A02F EVS7-1-A03F ISO2 EVS7-2-A03F EVS7-2-A04F EVS7-2-A06F This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 83 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves • ISO-standardized. • Types: sub-plate or manifold. • Compatible with solenoid valves of series EVSA7. • Superior flow capacity. • Valves made with lapped metal seal for harsh operation conditions. • Long service life. Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves 4 Mechanically/manually operated 3 port valves Part no. Series VM1000 VM1000-4N-00 Basic valve VM1000-4N-01 Roller lever VM1000-4N-02 One way roller lever VM1000-4N-08 Toggle lever • 3 port micro switch valve with standard body design for limit switch or manual switch function. • Hose connection with space-saving barb fitting (Ø 2.7 mm). • Minimal force to operate. Mechanically/manually operated 3 port valves Series EVM100 Actuator VM1000-4N-32R Red push button VM1000-4N-32B Black push button Part no. Circuit Symbol Actuator EVM130-F01-00 Basic valve EVM131-F01-01S Roller lever EVM131-F01-02S One way roller lever EVM130-F01-08 • 3 port switch valve with port size G 1/8”. • Robust poppet valve design. • Limit switch, manual switch and switch type with a basic valve via stacking system. • Superior flow capacity for a low height. Circuit Symbols Flow Operating pressure range (Nl/min) 0~0.8MPa 54 Operating pressure range Flow (Nl/min) 0~1.0MPa 138 Toggle lever EVM130-F01-30B Black (mushroom) push button EVM130-F01-30R Red (mushroom) push button EVM130-F01-33 Push button (Flash) EVM130-F01-34B Twist selector black EVM130-F01-36 Twist selector with key EVM151-F01-35B Twist selector 3 position This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 84 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Part no. Series EVM200 EVM230-F02-00 Basic valve EVM230-F02-00 +VM-015 Roller lever EVM230-F02-00 +VM-025 One way roller lever EVM230-F02-00 +VM-08A Toggle lever EVM230-F02-00 +VM-30AB Black (mushroom) push button EVM230-F02-00 +VM-30AR EVM230-F02-00 +VM-33A Red (mushroom) push button • 3 port switching valve with port size G 1/4”. • Robust poppet valve design. • Limit switch, manual switch and foot pedal type mounted with a basic valve using a modular stacking system. • Superior flow capacity for a low height. • Minimal force to operate. Circuit Symbols Actuator Operating pressure range Flow (Nl/min) 0~1MPa 984 4 Push button (Flash) EVM230-F02-00 +VM-34AB Black twist selector EVM230-F02-36 Twist selector with key Twist selector (3 position) EVM230-F02-35B Foot pedal (2 position) EVM230-F02-40 Foot pedal (5/2 position) XT34-67* * Foot pedal with 5/2 position function upon request Mechanically/manually operated 3 port valves Part no. Series EVM400 EVM430-F01-00 Basic valve EVM430-F01-00 +VM-01AS Roller lever EVM430-F01-00 +VM-02AS One way roller lever EVM430-F01-00 +VM-08A Toggle lever EVM430-F01-00 +VM-30AB Black (mushroom) push button EVM430-F01-00 +VM-30AR Red (mushroom) push button EVM430-F01-00 +VM-33A Push button (Flash) EVM430-F01-00 +VM-34AB Black twist selector EVM430-F01-00 +VM-36A Twist selector with key • 3 port switching valve, port size G1/8”. • Robust poppet valve design. • Limit switch and manual switch mounted with a basic valve using a modular stacking system. • Superior flow capacity for a low height. • N.C. and N.O. version available. Circuit Symbols Actuator Operating pressure range Flow (Nl/min) 0~1.0MPa 370 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 85 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Mechanically/manually operated 3 port valves Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves 4 Mechanically/manually operated 5 port valves Part no. Series EVZM500 EVZM550-F01-00 Basic valve EVZM550-F01-00 +VM-01CS Roller lever EVZM550-F01-00 +VM-02CS One way roller lever EVZM550-F01-00 +VM-08C Toggle lever EVZM550-F01-00 +VM-30CB Black (mushroom) push button EVZM550-F01-00 +VM-30CR Red (mushroom) push button EVZM550-F01-00 +VM-33C Push button (Flash) EVZM550-F01-00 +VM-34CB Twist selector black EVZM550-F01-00 +VM-36C Twist selector with Key • 5 port switching valve, port size G 1/8”, valve seal design with pneumatic pilot. • Limit switch and manual switch types mounted with a basic valve via stacking system. • Superior flow capacity at a compact size. • Valve width 18 mm. Mechanically/manually operated 5 port valves Series EVFM300 Part no. Circuit Symbols Actuator Actuator EVFM350-F02-00 Basic valve EVFM350-F02-01S Roller lever EVFM350-F02-02S One way roller lever EVFM350-F02-08 • 5 port switching valve, port size G /4”, valve seal design with pneumatic pilot. • Pneumatic pilot means minimal force required to operate. • Superior flow capacity for a compact size. • Valve width 26.4 mm. Circuit Symbols Flow (Nl/min) 0.15~0.7MPa 590 Operating pressure range Flow (Nl/min) 0.15~1MPa 984 Toggle lever EVFM350-F02-30B Black (mushroom) push button EVFM350-F02-30R Red (mushroom) push button EVFM350-F02-33 Push button (Flash) EVFM350-F02-34B Black twist selector EVFM350-F02-36 Operating pressure range Twist selector with key This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 86 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Mechanically/manually operated valves 3 port Part no. Series EVM800 EVM830-F01-00 Basic valve EVM830-F01-01 Roller lever EVM830-F01-13 Adjustable roller lever EVM830-F01-14 Adjustable rod lever Circuit Symbols Actuator Operating pressure range Flow (Nl/min) 0~1.0MPa 325 • Port thread G 1/8”. • Either N.O. or N.C. models. • Robust, compact design. • Adjustable operating lever. Series VHS Standard Part no. VHS20-F01 VHS20-F02 VHS30-F03 VHS40-F04 VHS50-F06 VHS50-F10 Port Size Port Size Exhaust release Flow (l/min) P→A (A→R) For modular Series G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 551 (600) 767 (876) 1692 (1584) 3119 (2785) 6012 (1800) 7104 (2184) 20 20 30 40 50•60 50•60 • With the use of a 3-port valve for residual pressure release, pressure left in the line can be easily exhausted. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 87 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves 3-Port Valve for Residual Pressure Release 4 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Manually operated valves 4 port Part no. Series VH Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves 4 • Robust, 4 port manual lever valve, reliable round seal design. • Variety of port sizes. • Body for panel assembly or direct mounting. • Slepless and crack adjustment of the flow from zero to the maximun via the lever’s rotation angle. • Pressure or exhaust center for both cylinders. • The cylinder may be positioned at the valve’s center. Circuit Symbols VH212-F02 VH312-F03 VH412-F04 VH412-F06 VH210-F02 VH310-F03 VH410-F04 VH410-F06 VH600-F06 VH600-F10 VH211-F02 VH311-F03 VH411-F04 VH411-F06 Type of actuation 4 2 position 4 Closed center Operating pressure range 1MPa 1MPa 0.7 MPa 4 Exhaust center 1MPa Port size G(PF) Flow Nl/min (Cv) 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 393 (0.4) 885 (0.9) 3.050 (3.1) 3.149 (3.2) 393 (0.4) 885 (0.9) 3.050 (3.1) 3.149 (3.2) 10.037 (10.2) 10.332 (10.5) 393 (0.4) 885 (0.9) 3.050 (3.1) 3.149 (3.2) Manually operated valves 2 port manually operated valve Series VHK • Switch valve, compact design with 2 or 3 port function. • Sizes from Ø 4-12 mm with superior flow capacity. • Being made of lightweight plastic, and having integral hose connections, it can be mounted directly in the piping (push in). • Body with mounting holes. Part no. Circuit Symbols VHK3-04F-04F VHK3-06F-06F VHK3-08F-08F VHK3-10F-10F VHK3-12F-12F VHK3-M5-M5 VHK3-01S-01S VHK3-02S-02S VHK3-03S-03S VHK3-04S-04S Operating pressure range 1MPa Mounting bracket Port Size Push-in port size Two position Thread port size ø4 Ø6 Ø8 Ø 10 Ø 12 M5 x 0,8 Rc(PT)1/8 Rc(PT)1/4 Rc(PT)3/8 Rc(PT)1/2 VHK-B1A VHK-B2A VHK-B1A 2 port function on request Other thread and push-in combinations on request This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 88 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Two Hand Control Valve Part number Connection piping size Series VR51 VR51-C06 metric size Flame resistant one-touch fitting ø6 VR51-C07 inch size Flame resistant one-touch fitting ø1/4 Operating pressure (MPa) 0.25 ~ 1 Part number Silencer AN101-01 Option Part number Bracket VR51B 4 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves • Equipment having a safety circuit: two handed operation • An output is available through synchronised, two-handed operation • Certified to type IIIA of EN574 • Interchangeable with XT92-67 Accesory This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 89 Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves 4 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 90 Check and Flow Control Valves Check and Flow Control Valves Check and Flow Control Valves 5 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 91 Check and Flow Control Valves Speed Controller Series AS Universal type Elbow type • 4 sizes. • Suitable for polyurethane and nylon tubes. • 360° rotation. • Precise adjustment using special throttle pin shape and fine thread. • Easy to mount. • Teflon-coated connection thread (gasket for M3, M5). Speed Controller 5 Tamper resistant Check and Flow Control Valves Series AS*D Screwdriver • Flash set screw, to be operated only with a screwdriver. • Plug-in connection. • Teflon-coated male thread from R1/8, gasket for M5. Speed Controller Series AS-Stainless Steel Part number Elbow type Universal type AS1201F-M3-02 AS1201F-M5-02 AS1201F-M3-23 AS1201F-M3-04 AS1201F-M5-23 AS1201F-M5-04 AS1201F-M5-06 AS2201F-01-04S AS2201F-01-06S AS2201F-01-08S AS2201F-02-06S AS2201F-02-08S AS3201F-03-08S AS3201F-03-10S AS4201F-04-10S AS4201F-04-12S AS1301F-M3-23 AS1301F-M3-04 AS1301F-M5-23 AS1301F-M5-04 AS1301F-M5-06 AS2301F-01-04S AS2301F-01-06S AS2301F-01-08S AS2301F-02-06S AS2301F-02-08S AS3301F-03-08S AS3301F-03-10S AS4301F-04-10S AS4301F-04-12S M3 M5 M3 M5 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 Tube ø(mm) Flow (l/min)* 2 2 3.2 4 3.2 4 6 4 6 8 6 8 8 10 10 12 20 20 20 20 100 100 100 180 230 230 390 460 790 920 1580 1710 Circuit Symbol • Other combinations upon request * At 0.5 MPa set pressure Speed controller with flash set screw D version AS*F Part number Port Size Elbow Type Universal Type AS1201F-M5-23D AS1201F-M5-04D AS1201F-M5-06D AS2201F-01-06SD AS2201F-01-08SD AS2201F-02-06SD AS2201F-02-08SD AS3201F-02-06SD AS3201F-02-08SD AS3201F-02-10SD AS3201F-03-06SD AS3201F-03-08SD AS3201F-03-10SD AS1301F-M5-23D AS1301F-M5-04D AS1301F-M5-06D AS2301F-01-06SD AS2301F-01-08SD AS2301F-02-06SD AS2301F-02-08SD AS3301F-02-06SD AS3301F-02-08SD AS3301F-02-10SD AS3301F-03-06SD AS3301F-03-08SD AS3301F-03-10SD M5 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 Tube ø(mm) 3.2 4 6 6 8 6 8 6 8 10 6 8 10 Flow* (l/min) 100 230 390 460 660 790 920 * At 0.5 MPa set pressure Speed controller with flash set screw D version AS*001F Part number Straight Type Tubing ø (mm) Flow* (l/min) 3.2 4 6 6 8 8 10 100 AS1001F-23D AS1001F-04D AS2001F-06D AS2051F-06D AS2051F-08D AS3001F-08D AS3001F-10D 230 290 460 660 920 * At 0.5 MPa set pressure Part number • Stainless steel screw connection (SUS303). • 1.0 MPa max. operating pressure. Port Size AS1201FG-M5-04 AS1201FG-M5-06 AS2201FG-01-04S AS2201FG-01-06S AS2201FG-01-08S AS2201FG-02-06S AS2201FG-02-08S AS3201FG-03-08S AS3201FG-03-10S AS4201FG-04-10S AS4201FG-04-12S Port Size M5 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 Tube ø (mm) Flow* (l/min) 4 6 4 6 8 6 8 8 10 10 12 100 100 180 230 230 390 460 790 920 1580 1710 Circuit Symbol • Other combinations upon request * At 0.5 MPa set pressure This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 92 Check and Flow Control Valves Speed Controller Series AS Straight Type • Simple, economical mounting. • Precise adjustment using special throttle pin shape and fine thread. • Attachment available for optimal handling. Part number Tube ø(mm) Flow* (l/min) AS1001F-02 AS1001F-23 AS1001F-04 AS1001F-06 AS2001F-04 AS2001F-06 AS2051F-06 AS2051F-08 AS3001F-08 AS3001F-10 AS4001F-10 AS4001F-12 2 3.2 4 6 4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 20 100 100 100 130 230 290 460 660 920 1050 1390 Circuit Symbol * At 0.5 MPa set pressure Mounting Type AS1001F AS2001F AS2051F AS3001F AS4001F ø 3.2 ø4 TMH-23J TMH-04J Tube diameter ø6 ø8 ø 10 ø 12 TMH-06J TMH-0b TMH-08 TMH-10 TMH-12 One side Dual Type Speed Controller Series ASD Part number ASD230F-M5-04 ASD330F-01-06S ASD430F-02-06S ASD430F-02-08S ASD530F-03-08S ASD530F-03-10S ASD630F-04-12S Stacked Check and Flow Control Valves 5 3 sides for panel mounting Thread Port Tube Ø (mm) Flow* (l/min) M5 R 1/8 R 1/4 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 3/8 R 1/2 4 6 6 8 8 10 12 75 175 295 350 600 700 1300 Circuit Symbol * At 0.5 MPa set pressure • Meter-in, meter-out combined in one body. • Plug-in connection rotates 360°. Speed Controller with Pilot Check Valve Series ASP Part number ASP330F-01-06S ASP330F-01-08S ASP430F-F02-06S ASP430F-F02-08S ASP530F-F03-08S ASP530F-F03-10S ASP630F-F04-10S ASP630F-F04-12S Port Size Port Size R1/8 M5 R1/4 G1/8 R3/8 G1/8 R1/2 G1/4 Pilot air Tube ø(mm) Flow* (l/min) 6 8 6 8 8 10 10 12 180 180 330 350 600 750 1100 1190 Circuit Symbol * At 0.5 MPa set pressure Enables speed control and temporary intermediate stopping with cylinders • 2 pneumatic functions in one valve -speed controller and pilot check valve. • Mounted directly to actuator. • 360° rotation. Drop prevention Emergency function This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 93 Check and Flow Control Valves Air Saving Valve Series ASR (Pressure Valve) Series ASQ (Flow Valve) Part number Pressure Valve Flow valve ASR430F-02-S ASR530F-02-S ASR530F-03-S ASR630F-03-S ASR630F-04-S Applicable tubing O.D. (mm) 12 6 10 8 Port size ASQ430F-02-S ASQ530F-02-S ASQ530F-03-S ASQ630F-03-S ASQ630F-04-S R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 : Add applicable tubing O.D. (mm) • 40% reduction in air consumption (Cuts air consumption by operating the return stroke at a reduced pressure). 5 Check and Flow Control Valves Pressure valve / Series ASR Cuts air consumption by operating the return stroke at a reduced pressure. Conventional valve Working and return strokes operated at the same pressure Return stroke operated at a reduced pressure Pressure valve Regulator with check valve and flow control valve integrated into a single construction Flow valve / Series ASQ Air saving valve Working stroke Working stroke Return stroke Return stroke Flow valve Other applications Jerk prevention in vertical operation of the cylinder Quick air charge at the end of stroke for press applications Balancing pressure Pressure valve Pilot valve and two-way flow control valve integrated into a single construction Flow valve Speed controller Speed controller This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 94 Check and Flow Control Valves Part number Port Size Tube ø (mm) Flow* (l/min) M5 M5 R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 4 6 4 6 8 6 8 10 8 10 12 12 100 100 180 230 230 390 460 460 790 920 920 1580 Series ASG ASG220F-M5-04 ASG220F-M5-06 ASG320F-01-04S ASG320F-01-06S ASG320F-01-08S ASG420F-02-06S ASG420F-02-08S ASG420F-02-10S ASG520F-03-08S ASG520F-03-10S ASG520F-03-12S ASG620F-04-12S • SUS316 and special FKM construction to improve the resistance to corrosion. • Elbow design to allow the rotation of the tubing connection ports and suit installation to air cylinders. • Meter-in and meter-out type control. • One-touch fittings and 5 body sizes. • Applicable tubing: FEP, PFA, Nylon, Soft nylon, Polyurethane and Polyolefin. • Conforms to Food Sanitation laws. Meter-in control option also available * Measured at 0.5 MPa and 20ºC. Speed Controller Series EAS Metal Circuit Symbol (Meter-out type control) 5 Port Size Flow* (l/min) M3 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 20 105 230 460 920 1700 Port Size Free Flow* (l/min) M3 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 20 90 340 340 810 1670 Part number Port Size Free Flow* (l/min) EAS500-F06 EAS600-F10 EAS800-F12 EAS900-F14 EAS900-F20 G3/4 G1 G1 1/4 G1 1/2 G2 10000 15100 35400 52000 57800 Part number AS1200-M3 AS1200-M5 EAS2200-F01-S EAS2200-F02-S EAS3200-F03-S EAS4200-F04-S Check and Flow Control Valves Stainless Steel Controller (Elbow type) Circuit Symbol * At 0.5 MPa set pressure • 4 sizes. • 360° rotation. • Precise adjustment using throttle pin shape and fine thread. • Easy to mount. • Lock nut used to fix the setting. Speed Controller Series EAS Metal Standard Part number Straight Type AS1000-M3 AS1000-M5 EAS2000-F01 EAS2000-F02 EAS3000-F03 EAS4000-F04 Circuit Symbol * At 0.5 MPa set pressure For superior flow capacity • 4 sizes. • Superior flow capacity. • Fine thread for precise adjustment. • Easy to mount. Circuit Symbol * At 0.5 MPa set pressure This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 95 Check and Flow Control Valves Speed Controller Silencer Series ASN2 Part number Port Size Effective Area (mm2) ASN2-M5 ASN2-01-S ASN2-02-S ASN2-03-S ASN2-04-S M5 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 1,8 3.6 6.5 16.6 24.5 Circuit Symbol • Exhaust air noise reduction over 20 dB. • Simple speed reduction for cylinder. • Mounted directly to valve exhaust. Quick Exhaust Valve Check and Flow Control Valves 5 Series AQ Part number AQ1500-M5 EAQ1510-F01 EAQ2000-F01 EAQ2000-F02 EAQ3000-F03 EAQ5000-F04 EAQ5000-F06 Port Size M5x0.8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Effective Area (mm2) IN⇒OUT OUT⇒Exh. 2 4 25 35 60 105 135 Circuit Symbol 2,8 5,8 25 40 70 115 180 • Large exhaust capacity. • Port thread M5-3/4”. • Superior flow capacity. Speed Exhaust Controller Series ASV • 3 pneumatic functions in one compact design. • Simple, economical mounting. • Size M3 - 1/2”. • Integral 4 - 12 mm plug connection. Part number ASV120F-M3-04 ASV220F-M5-04 ASV220F-M5-06 ASV310F-01-06S ASV310F-01-08S ASV410F-02-08S ASV410F-02-10S ASV510F-03-10S ASV510F-04-12S Port Size M3 M5 M5 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 Tube ø(mm) 4 4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 Effective Area (mm2) Circuit Symbol IN⇒OUT OUT⇒Exh. 0,3 1,3 1,3 7 7 13,5 13,5 27 27 0,3 1,3 1,3 8 8 14 14 29 29 Cylinder with ASV This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 96 Check and Flow Control Valves Quick Exhaust Valve,Straight Type Series AQ240/340 Exhaust via silencer Tube ø(mm) Part number AQ240F-04-00 AQ240F-06-00 AQ340F-06-00 4 6 6 Effective Area (mm2) Circuit Symbol IN⇒OUT OUT⇒Exh. 1,7 2,4 4 2,5 2,7 4 Common exhaust Shuttle Valve Series VR1210/1220 Tube ø(mm) Part number AQ240F-04-04 AQ240F-06-06 AQ340F-06-06 4 6 6 Effective Area (mm2) Circuit Symbol IN⇒OUT OUT⇒Exh. 1,7 2,4 4 2,5 2,7 4 5 Metal type with female thread Part number Port Size Effective Area (mm2) VR1210-F01 G 1/8 G 1/4 7 15 VR1220-F02 Plastic with one touch fittings Tube Size Part number (mm) • For pneumatic controls. • Two input signals, one output signal. • Port sizes 1/8” and 1/4”. Circuit Symbol Flow* (l/min) VR1210F-23 3.2 150 VR1210F-04 4,0 210 VR1220F-06 6,0 440 VR1220F-08 8,0 680 Check and Flow Control Valves • Direct or common exhaust. • Simple, economical assembly by the user. • Built-in one touch fitting. • Suitable for nylon and polyurethane tubing. • Light weight. Circuit Symbol * At 0.5 MPa set pressure AND Valve Series VR1211F Part number Tube Size (mm) Flow* (l/min) VR1211F-23 3.2 100 VR1211F-04 4,0 120 VR1211F-06 6,0 150 Circuit Symbol * At 0.5 MPa set pressure • For pneumatic controls. • Simple, push-in mounting. • Rotates through 360°. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 97 Check and Flow Control Valves Check Valve with One-touch fitting/Thread Series AKH/AKB One-touch fitting both sides Part number Tube OD [mm] Effective area [mm2] 4 6 8 10 12 2.8 6.5 14 24 34 AKH04-00 AKH06-00 AKH08-00 AKH10-00 AKH12-00 • Select from 3 designs. • One-touch fitting both sides. • Male thread/female thread. • Male thread/one-touch fitting. • Low cracking pressure. Male thread/one-touch fitting Male thread/ female thread Part number 5 Connection Effective area port [mm2] Check and Flow Control Valves AKB01 * -01S R1/8, Rc1/8 6.5 AKB02 * -02S R1/4, Rc1/4 14 AKB03 * -03S R3/8, Rc3/8 24 AKB04 * -04S R1/2, Rc1/2 34 Circuit Symbols Flow A direction B Flow direction * Flow direction A or B Part number AKH04 AKH04 AKH06 AKH06 AKH06 AKH08 AKH08 AKH08 AKH10 AKH10 AKH10 AKH12 AKH12 * * * * * * * * * * * * * Connection Tube OD Effective Area Circuit Symbols thread [mm] [mm2] -M5 -01S -M5 -01S -02S -01S -02S -03S -02S -03S -04S -03S -04S M5 R1/8 M5 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 4 6 8 2.8 2.8 6.5 6.5 6.5 A 14 10 24 12 34 B * Flow direction A or B Check Valve Series EAK Part number EAK2000-F01 EAK2000-F02 EAK4000-F02 EAK4000-F03 EAK4000-F04 EAK6000-F06 EAK6000-F10 Port Size Effective Area (mm2) G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 25 27.5 47 85 95 200 230 Circuit Symbol • Superior flow capacity. • Low cracking pressure : 0.02MPa. • Port size from 1/8” to 1”. Optical Indicator Pneumatic Series VR3100/3110 Part number VR3100-01R VR3100-01G VR3100-01O VR3110-01R VR3110-01G Optical indication colour Red painted Green Orange Red painted Green Port Size Circuit Symbol Rc1/8 Rc1/8 • Optical pressure indication for monitoring pressure. • Port size Rc1/8”. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 98 Linear Actuators Linear Actuators Linear Actuators 6 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 99 Linear Actuators Standard Cylinders Air Cylinder, Single acting Series CJ1 Bore size Stroke length (mm) (mm) Part no. 2,5 2,5 4 4 4 4 CJ1B2-5SU4 CJ1B2-10SU4 CJ1B4-5SU4 CJ1B4-10SU4 CJ1B4-15SU4 CJ1B4-20SU4 * at 0.6 MPa *Theoretical Spring Force Tube connection output (N) (N) size (mm) 5 10 5 10 15 20 1,81 0,64 Ø 2,5 x 4 4,52 1,47 Ø 2,5 x 4 • Compact design. • Easy mounting. • For sensitive force applications. Pin Cylinder, Single acting Series CJP Linear Actuators 6 • Compact round design, thread continuous over the whole body. • Panel or plug mounting possible. Pin Cylinder, Series CJP2 Bore size Stroke length *Theoretical Spring Force Tube connection output (N) (mm) nipple Ø (mm) (N) Part no. Panel mounted CJPB4-5 CJPB4-10 CJPB4-15 CJPB6-5H6 CJPB6-10H6 CJPB6-15H6 CJPB10-5H6 CJPB10-10H6 CJPB10-15H6 CJPB15-5H6 CJPB15-10H6 CJPB15-15H6 4 4 4 6 6 6 10 10 10 15 15 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 6,00 1,00 M3 15,9 1,42 Outside 6 mm 49,0 2,45 Outside 6 mm 113 4,41 Outside 6 mm * at 0.7 MPa. Plug-mounting on request Part no. Bore size (mm) Stroke length (mm) Thread connection 4 6 10 16 5, 10, 15, 20 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 M3 M3 M3 M5 CDJP2B4- * D CDJP2B6- * D CDJP2B10- * D CDJP2B16- * D Possible auto switches Reed: D-A93L 3 wire solid state: NPN: D-M9NL / PNP: D-M9PL 2 wire solid state: D-M9BAL * Stroke length Cylinder mounting brackets • Double acting, single rod. • Small and light. - Full lenght shortened by 6 to 9.5 mm. - Weight reduced by 55 to 65%. • Auto switch can be integrated into body. Bore size [mm] Flange Foot Trunnion (with pin) Ø6 CP-F006A CP-L006A CP-T006A Piston rod mounting brackets Bore size [mm] Ø6 Single knuckle joint I-P006A Double knuckle joint Y-P006A Ø10 CP-F010A CP-L010A CP-T010A Ø16 CP-F016A CP-L016A CP-T016A Ø10 I-P010A Y-P010A Ø16 I-P016A Y-P016A This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 100 Linear Actuators Standard Cylinders Air Cylinder, Double Acting, Single Rod Series CG1 • Clean line. • A substantial reduction in overall length compared to tie rod designed cylinders. Double Acting - Rubber Cushion Bore size Part no. (mm) Standard Strokes (mm) Rod end Thread CG1BN20-* 20 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200 M8 x 1.25 CG1BN25-* 25 M10 x 1.25 CG1BN32-* 32 M14 x 1.5 CG1BN40-* 40 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, CG1BN50-* 50 200, 250, 300 M18 x 1.5 CG1BN63-* 63 CG1BN80-* 80 M22 x 1.5 CG1BN100-* 100 M26 x 1.5 * Insert required stroke Insert “D” if magnetic version is required W Through rod also available Double Acting - Air Cushion Bore size Part no. (mm) CG1BA20-* CG1BA25-* CG1BA32-* CG1BA40-* CG1BA50-* CG1BA63-* CG1BA80-* CG1BA100-* 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Standard Strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200 Rod end Thread M8 x 1.25 Operating Pressure (MPa) Port Size Rc 1/8 0.05 - 1.0 Rc 1/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/2 Operating Pressure (MPa) Port Size M5x0.8 M10 x 1.25 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300 M14 x 1.5 Rc 1/8 0.05 - 1.0 M18 x 1.5 Rc 1/4 M22 x 1.5 M26 x 1.5 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/2 Mounting Bracket Part No. 20 25 32 Bore size (mm) 40 50 63 80 100 Axial foot* CG-L020 CG-L025 CG-L032 CG-L040 CG-L050 CG-L063 CG-L080 CG-L100 Flange CG-F020 CG-F025 CG-F032 CG-F040 CG-F050 CG-F063 CG-F080 CG-F100 Trunnion Clevis** CG-D020 CG-D025 CG-D032 CG-D040 CG-D050 CG-D063 CG-D080 CG-D100 Pivot bracket CG-020-24A CG-025-24A CG-032-24A CG-040-24A CG-050-24A CG-063-24A CG-080-24A CG-100-24A CG-T020 CG-T025 CG-T032 CG-T040 CG-T050 CG-T063 — — * Order two foot brackets per a cylinder. ** Clevis pins, snap rings and mounting bolts are attached for the clevis. *** Mounting bolts are attached for the foot type and the flange type. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 101 6 Linear Actuators Mounting bracket Linear Actuators Standard Cylinders Air Cylinder Series C76 Standard cylinder, double-acting, built-in magnet, rubber bumper Part number with Auto switch mounting style Rail mounting Band mounting Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 32 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 300 (max. 1000) 40 CD76E32- * -A CD76E32- * -B CD76E40- * -A CD76E40- * -B Circuit Symbol * Stroke length • Single or double acting. • Cushion with rubber bumper or adjustable air cushion. • Connection between piston and piston rod by crimp connection designed for increased dynamic loadings. • Cylinder body made from corrosion resistant material. • Auto switch mounting in two options by band or rail. Double-acting, non-rotating, built-in magnet Part number with Auto switch mounting style Rail mounting Band mounting Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 32 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 300 (max. 1000) 40 CD76KE32- * -A CD76KE32- * -B CD76KE40- * -A CD76KE40- * -B Circuit Symbol * Stroke length Double-acting, adjustable cushion, built-in magnet Linear Actuators 6 A wide variety of different designs is available, such as double piston rods, alternative cylinder head cover designs, without magnet, single-acting, etc. Part number with Auto switch mounting style Rail mounting Band mounting Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 32 40, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 300 (max. 1000) 40 Circuit Symbol CD76E32- * C-A CD76E32- * C-B CD76E40- * C-A CD76E40- * C-B * Stroke length Mounting band for auto switch mounting Bore size 32 40 BM2-032 BM2-040 Possible auto switches Band mounting D-C73L, D-C73CZ, D-C80L D-H7A1L, PNP:D-H7A2L Reed 3-wire, solid state NPN: Rail mounting Reed 3-wire, solid state 2-wire solid state/2 colour Accessories C76 Foot or Foot or flanges Flange + 1 nut D-A73L, D-A79WL NPN: D-F79L, PNP:D-F7PL D-M9BWL Trunnion Clevis Single knuc- Double knuckle joint kle joint Floating joint ø (mm) 32 C76F32A C76F32B C76T32 C76C32 KJ10DA 40 C76F40A C76F40B C76T40 C76C40 KJ12DA GKM10-20 JA25-10-150 GKM12-24A JA40-12-175 * other tube diameters on request This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 102 Linear Actuators Standard Cylinders Standard Cylinder ISO/CETOP Series C85 DIN-ISO 6432 Standard cylinder, double-acting built-in magnet, rubber bumper Part number with Auto switch mounting style Rail mounting Band mounting Cylinder Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 8 10 12 16 20 25 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100 (Max.400) 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, (max. 400) 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 300, (max. 1000) CD85N8- * -A CD85N10- * -A CD85N12- * -A CD85N16- * -A CD85N20- * -A CD85N25- * -A Circuit Symbol CD85N8- * -B CD85N10- * -B CD85N12- * -B CD85N16- * -B CD85N20- * -B CD85N25- * -B * Stroke length Double-acting, non-rotating, built-in magnet Part number with Auto switch mounting style Band mounting Rail mounting Standard strokes (mm) Bore size (mm) 8 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, (max. 400) 10 12 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200 (max. 400) 16 20 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 300 (max. 1000) 25 CD85KN8- * -A Circuit Symbols CD85KN8- * -A CD85KN10- * -A CD85KN10- * -A CD85KN12- * -A CD85KN12- * -A CD85KN16- * -A CD85KN16- * -A CD85KN20- * -A CD85KN20- * -B CD85KN25- * -A CD85KN25- * -B * Stroke length Ø 8, 10 and 16 on request 6 Double-acting, adjustable cushion, built-in magnet Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) Part number with Auto switch mounting style Rail mounting Band mounting 10 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100 (Max.400) CD85N10- * C-A CD85N10- * C-B 12 16 20 25 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, CD85N12- * 125, 160, 200 (max. 400) CD85N16- * 10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, CD85N20- * 125, 160, 200, 250, 300 CD85N25- * (max. 1000) C-A C-A C-A C-A CD85N12CD85N16CD85N20CD85N25- * * * * Circuit Symbol C-B C-B C-B C-B * Stroke length A wide variety of different designs is available, such as double piston rods, alternative cylinder head cover designs, without magnet, single-acting, etc. Mounting band for auto switch mounting Bore size 8 10 12 16 BJ2-008 BJ2-010 BJ2-012 BJ2-016 20 BM2-020 25 BM2-025 Possible auto switches Band mounting D-C73L, D-C73CZ, D-C80L NPN: D-H7A1L, PNP:D-H7A2L Reed 3-wire solid state Rail mounting D-A73L, D-A79WL NPN: D-F79L, PNP:D-F7PL D-M9BWL Reed 3-wire, solid state 2-wire solid state/2 colour Accessories C85 Foot (2 pcs.) Foot (1 pc.) + 1 nut ø (mm) 8 10 12 16 20 25 Flange Trunnion Clevis Single Double Floating joint knuckle joint knuckle joint C85L10A C85L10B C85F10 C85T10 C85C10 KJ4D GKM4-8 JA10-4-070 C85L16A C85L16B C85F16 C85T16 C85C16 KJ6D GKM6-12 JA15-6-100 C85L25A C85L25B C85F25 C85T25 C85C25 KJ8D KJ10D GKM8-16 JA20-8-125 GKM10-20 JA30-10-125 * other tube diameters on request This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 103 Linear Actuators • Single or double acting. • Cylinders with adjustable cushion from Ø 10 mm. • Cylinder body made from corrosion resistant materials. • Two options for autoswitch mounting possible using band or rail. • Special seals fitted as standard for oil-free operation and band low friction type. Linear Actuators Standard Cylinders Standard ISO Cylinders Piston rod ø (mm) Rod end thread Port Size 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 12 16 20 20 25 30 32 40 40 50 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1.5 M16x1.5 M20x1,5 M20x1,5 M27x2 M36x2 M36x2 M42x2 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 C95 Series C95 Bore size (mm) Linear Actuators 6 Other design variations, such as, for example dual stroke cylinders, tandem cylinders, with built-in positioner, etc. are available. Bore size (mm) C95 • Standard VDMA cylinders in tierod design with standard outside dimensions according to VDMA 24562. • Standard fixings. • Bore sizes ø 32 – 250 mm (C95). • Standard mounting brackets for all mounting options. • Non-lube operation. • SMC piston gasket achieves considerably reduced friction, which increases the efficiency and extends the service life. • Auto switch mounting by tie-rod or band mounting. • Autoswitches can be supplied as Reed switches or solid state switches. 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 Operating Cylinder speed pressure range 50 ~ 1.000 mm/sec 0,05~1MPa 50 ~ 700 mm/sec 50 ~ 500 mm/sec (*) Standard Strokes Part no. 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1200 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1200 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1200 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1200 C95SDB32-* C95SDB40-* C95SDB50-* C95SDB63-* C95SDB80-* C95SDB100-* C95SDB125-* C95SDB160-* C95SDB200-* C95SDB250-* Possible auto switches/Mounting accesories Auto switch Bore size mounting 32 40 50 63 80 100 BMB4-032 Mini-tie-rod BA4-063 BMB4-050 D-Z73L, D-Z80L, D-Y59BL, D-Y7PL Auto switch Standard tie-rod BT-03 BT-06 BT-05 D-A53L, D-A54L, D-F5PL, switch Mounting band BMB1-032 BMB1-040 BMB1-050 BMB1-063 BMB1-080 BMB1-0100 Autoswitch D-A44 125 160 200 250 BA4-080 BS4-160 D-Z/Y BT-08 BT-16 BT-20 D-A5/A6F5/J5 BS1-125 BS1-160 BS1-200 D-A3/A4/K3/G3 Piston rod of the C95 - non-rotating (Bore size 32 to 100 mm) Mounting Accessories Mounting Bracket for C95 Bore size Foot (mm) (2 pc.) Flange Double rear Single rear Angled rear Double Single Single rear Double rear clevis with clevis with Angled rear Trunnion pivot Knuckle Joint Knuckle Joint Flotating clevis clevis bracket clevis clevis Joint ball joint (for ES accessory) ball joint (ISO 8139) (ISO 8140) CS5032 ES5032 D5032 E5032 C5032 DS5032 GKM10-20 JA30-10-125 C95-S03 KJ10D 32 L5032 F5032 40 L5040 F5040 C5040 D5040 DS5040 CS5040 ES5040 E5040 C95-S04 KJ12D GKM12-24 JA40-12-125 50 L5050 F5050 C5050 D5050 DS5050 CS5050 ES5050 E5050 C95-S04 KJ16D GKM16-32 JA50-16-150 63 L5063 F5063 C5063 D5063 DS5063 CS5063 ES5063 E5063 C95-S06 KJ16D GKM16-32 JA50-16-150 80 L5080 F5080 C5080 D5080 DS5080 CS5080 ES5080 E5080 C95-S06 KJ20D GKM20-40 JAH50-20-150 DS5100 CS5100 ES5100 E5100 C95-S10 KJ20D GKM20-40 JAH50-20-150 100 L5100 F5100 C5100 D5100 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 104 Linear Actuators Standard Cylinders Standard Cylinder ISO/VDMA Series CP95 Bore size (mm) Piston rod Ø (mm) Rod end thread Port sizes Cushion stroke (mm) Operating pressure range 32 40 50 63 80 100 12 16 20 20 25 30 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1.5 M16x1.5 M20x1,5 M20x1,5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 0.05 - 1 MPa 125 32 M27x2 G1/2 19 19 24 24 30 30 Pool side 31 Head Size 29 Profile tube cylinders Standard Bore size (mm) CP95 • ISO/VDMA Standard cylinders in profile design with integrated tie-rods. • Bore sizes ø 32 – 125 mm. • Integrated magnet and adjustable cushion fitted as standard. • New floating cushion means smooth extension stroke. • Auto switches fully integrated into the body. • Flat cylinder covers, means reducing likelihood of contamination by dirt. • Dust proof by virtue of the autoswitch generator groove covering. 32 40 50 63 80 100 (*) Standard Strokes Part no. 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 CP95SDB32-* CP95SDB40-* CP95SDB50-* CP95SDB63-* CP95SDB80-* CP95SDB100-* (*) Standard Strokes Part no. 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 CP95KDB32-* CP95KDB40-* CP95KDB50-* CP95KDB63-* CP95KDB80-* CP95KDB100-* Non-rotate Other special styles: Low friction type. Optional extension or retraction stroke. High temperature type. 32 40 50 63 80 100 6 Linear Actuators CP95 Bore size (mm) Piston rod of CP95K, non-rotating Mounting Accessories Mounting Bracket for CP95 Bore size Foot (mm) (2 pc.) Flange 32 L5032 F5032 40 L5040 F5040 Double rear Single rear Angled rear Double Single Single rear Double rear clevis with clevis with Angled rear Trunnion pivot Knuckle Joint Knuckle Joint Flotating clevis clevis bracket clevis clevis Joint ball joint (for ES accessory) ball joint (ISO 8139) (ISO 8140) CS5032 ES5032 D5032 E5032 C5032 DS5032 GKM10-20 JA30-10-125 C95-S03 KJ10D C5040 D5040 DS5040 CS5040 ES5040 E5040 C95-S04 KJ12D GKM12-24 JA40-12-125 ES5050 E5050 C95-S04 KJ16D GKM16-32 JA50-16-150 50 L5050 F5050 C5050 D5050 DS5050 CS5050 63 L5063 F5063 C5063 D5063 DS5063 CS5063 ES5063 E5063 C95-S06 KJ16D GKM16-32 JA50-16-150 80 L5080 F5080 C5080 D5080 DS5080 CS5080 ES5080 E5080 C95-S06 KJ20D GKM20-40 JAH50-20-150 100 L5100 F5100 C5100 D5100 DS5100 CS5100 ES5100 E5100 C95-S10 KJ20D GKM20-40 JAH50-20-150 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 105 Linear Actuators Compact Cylinders Mini-free Mount Series CUJ Part no. double acting Bore size (mm) Stroke length (mm) Port thread Operating pressure (MPa) Auto switch CUJB4- * D CUJB6- * D CUJB8- * D CUJB10- * D CDUJB6- * D CDUJB8- * D CDUJB10- * D 4 6 8 10 6 8 10 4, 6, 8,10, 15, 20 4, 6, 8 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 M3 0.15 ~ 0.7 – 4, 6, 8 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 M3 0.1 ~ 0.7 3-wire solid state NPN: D-F8NL PNP: D-F8 PL 2 wire D-F8BL 0.15 ~ 0.7 0.1 ~ 0.7 * Stroke length Single acting: please use “S” instead of “D”, e.g. CDUJB10-10S. Not all strokes can be provided. With rod end thread: Use ”M” e.g..: CDUJB10-10DM. • Significantly reduced dimensions compared to Series CU. • ~ 64% reduced overall length. • ~ 70% reduced weight. • Simple maintenance, since piston rod cover is removable. Length is shortened by approx. 64% max. Volume is reduced by approx. 70% max. CU CUJ (As compared with SMC Series CU cylinders without magnet) Dimensions (Without magnet) b Bore size (mm) B A a ke C+ ro St c+ 4 6 8 10 ke tro S (mm) A(a) B(b) C(c) 10( — ) 15( — ) 13( — ) 13(13) 19(22) 13(33) 13( — ) 21( — ) 13( — ) 13.5(15) 22(24) 13(36) Numbers in parentheses are the dimensions of SMC Series CU cylinders. Linear Actuators 6 Free Mount Cylinder Series CDU/CDUK • Autoswitch can be integrated in the body. Standard Part no. Bore size (mm) CDU6- * D CDU10- * D CDU16- * D CDU20- * D CDU25- * D CDU32TF- * D Non-rotation rod 6 10 16 20 25 32 CDUK6- * D CDUK10- * D CDUK16- * D CDUK20- * D CDUK25- * D CDUK32TF- * D 6 10 16 20 25 32 Standard strokes Rod end Port Size thread (mm) 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 Possible auto switches Reed M5 G1/8 D-A93L 3 wire solid state: NPN: D-M9NL PNP: D-M9PL 2 wire solid state: M5 D-M9BAL G1/8 * Stroke length Mounting This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 106 Linear Actuators Compact Cylinders Free Mount Cylinder for Vacuum Series ZCDUKC Part no. ZCDUKC10ZCDUKC16ZCDUKC20ZCDUKC25ZCDUKC32TF- * * * * * Bore size (mm) Stroke (mm) 10 16 20 25 32 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 D D D D D 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Rod end Possible suction Port Size thread pads M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M5 see Section Vacuum G1/8 * Stroke length Possible signal generators Reed 3-wire, solid state/2 colour 2-wire solid state/2 colour • Direct mounting of the suction pads on the hollow, double piston rod. • Fixed vacuum port at the rear end of the cylinder. • No interfering tubes around the work piece. • No moving hoses. • Non-rotationg piston rod. • Miniature auto switches in standard design. • Compact design, smooth outside surface means simple installation. D-A93L NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL Model for VACUUM Applications Linear Actuators 6 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 107 Linear Actuators Compact Cylinders Compact Cylinder Series CQS Standard cylinder, double-acting, without auto swicth Bore size (mm) Part no. CQSB12CQSB16CQSB20CQSB25- * * * * 12 16 20 25 D D D D * Stroke length Long strokes can be provided: • Ø 12•16•20•25 mm. • Flexible auto switch mounting on 3 or 4 sides. • Auto switch fully integrated in the body. • Square-section body style ensures full flexibility in design projects. • Through-hole/Both ends tapped common (Standard). • A wide variety of mounting options is available. Strokes (mm) Port sizes 5,10,15,20,25,30 M5 5,10,15,20,25,30,35, 40,45,50 M5 ø12, 16 = 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 ø20 = 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 ø25 = 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 Standard cylinder, double-acting, with auto swicth Bore size (mm) Part no. CDQSB12CDQSB16CDQSB20CDQSB25- * * * * D D D D 12 16 20 25 * Stroke length Long strokes can be provided: Standard strokes (mm) Port sizes 5,10,15,20,25,30 M5 5,10,15,20,25,30,35, 40,45,50 M5 Circuit Symbol ø12, 16 = 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 ø20 = 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 ø25 = 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 Compact cylinders, anti-lateral load type. Series 6 Circuit Symbol CQSS Linear Actuators The permissible load at the piston rod end, in this version, is twice that of the simple CQS series. The wear ring and bumper are standard on this type. Example: Compact cylinder Ø12, Stroke 20 mm, built-in magnet, double-acting, elastic rubber bumper CDQSBS12-20DC Possible auto switches D-A93L , D-A90L NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL Reed: 3 wire solid state: 2 wire solid state: Mounting Bracket Part No. Bore size (mm) Foot* Flange Double Clevis** 12 16 20 25 CQS-L012 CQS-L016 CQS-L020 CQS-L025 CQS-F012 CQS-F016 CQS-F020 CQS-F025 CQS-D012 CQS-D016 CQS-D020 CQS-D025 * 2 pcs. per cylinder should be ordered when foot brackets are required. ** Package for double clevis contains clevis pin and snap ring. Note: Each package contains the following parts: Foot, Flange: Body mounting bolt Double clevis: Clevis pin, C shape snap ring for axis, body mounting bolt. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 108 Linear Actuators Compact Cylinders Series CQM • Ø12•16•20•25•32•40•50•63•80• 100 mm. • Lateral Load Resisting 2–4times (Compared to compact cylinder series CQ). • Non-rotating accuracy ±0.2° or less. • Load can be directly mounted. • Compatible mounting dimensions with the series CQS, CQ2. Standard cylinder, double-acting, without auto swicth Bore size (mm) Part no. 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 CQMB12- * CQMB16- * CQMB20- * CQMB25- * CQMB32TF- * CQMB40TF- * CQMB50TF- * CQMB63TF- * CQMB80TF- * CQMB100TF- * Strokes (mm) 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100 Port sizes Circuit Symbol M5 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 * Stroke length *** Others strokes, please consult SMC. Standard cylinder, double-acting, with auto swicth Bore size (mm) Part no. 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 CDQMB12- * CDQMB16- * CDQMB20- * CDQMB25- * CDQMB32TF- * CDQMB40TF- * CDQMB50TF- * CDQMB63TF- * CDQMB80TF- * CDQMB100TF- * Strokes (mm) 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100 Port sizes Circuit Symbol M5 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 6 * Stroke length *** Others strokes, please consult SMC. ISO Standard [ISO 21287] Compact Cylinder Series C55 Standard cylinder, double-acting, without auto swicth Bore size (mm) Part no. C55B20C55B25C55B32C55B40C55B50C55B63- 20 25 32 40 50 63 * * * * * * Strokes (mm) 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 80, 100, 125, 150 Port sizes Circuit Symbol M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 * Stroke length *** Others strokes, please consult SMC. Standard cylinder, double-acting, with auto swicth • Ø20•25•32•40•50•63 mm. • Standard ISO compact cylinders comply to ISO21287. Bore size (mm) Part no. CD55B20CD55B25CD55B32CD55B40CD55B50CD55B63- 20 25 32 40 50 63 * * * * * * Strokes (mm) 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 80, 100, 125, 150 Port sizes Circuit Symbol M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 * Stroke length *** Others strokes, please consult SMC. Mounting Bracket Part No. Bore size (mm) Foot* Flange Single Clevis** 20 25 32 40 50 63 C55-L020 C55-L025 C55-L032 C55-L040 C55-L050 C55-L063 C55-F020 C55-F025 C55-F032 C55-F040 C55-F050 C55-F063 C55-C020 C55-C025 C55-C032 C55-C040 C55-C050 C55-C063 * Order two foot brackets per cylinder. ** Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. Foot, Flange, Single clevis/Body mounting bolt. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 109 Linear Actuators Compact Cylinder Guide Rod Type Linear Actuators Compact Cylinders Compact cylinder Series CQ2 • Compact length cylinder. • Bore sizes ø 12 – 200 mm. • Stroke range 5 – 300 mm. • Cylinder function double-acting, single-acting with spring, optional spring return or spring extend. • Optionally with rubber bumper cushion. • Autoswitch for stroke end detection with LED in 2-wire design. • Auto switch mounting in grooves or on mounting rails. Linear Actuators 6 Standard cylinder, double-acting, without magnetic ring Part no. Bore size (mm) CQ2B12- * D CQ2B16- * D CQ2B20- * D CQ2B25- * D ECQ2B32- * D ECQ2B40- * D ECQ2B50- * D ECQ2B63- * D ECQ2B80- * D ECQ2B100- * D ECQ2B125- * DC ECQ2B140- * DC ECQ2B160- * DC ECQ2B180- * DC ECQ2B200- * DC 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 140 160 180 200 Stroke lengths (mm) Connection Circuit Symbols sizes 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 M5 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 M5 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100,*** M5** / G1/8 G1/8 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100,*** G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100,**** G1/2 * Stroke length ** with 5 mm stroke *** Strokes 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 mm in version ECQ2A Ø - *** DC **** Strokes 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 mm M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference. Standard cylinder, double-acting, with magnetic ring Part no. Bore size (mm) CDQ2B12- * D CDQ2B16- * D CDQ2B20- * D CDQ2B25- * D ECDQ2B32- * D ECDQ2B40- * D ECDQ2B50- * D ECDQ2B63- * D ECDQ2B80- * D ECDQ2B100- * D ECDQ2B125- * DC ECDQ2B140- * DC ECDQ2B160- * DC ECDQ2B180- * DC ECDQ2B200- * DC 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 140 160 180 200 Standard strokes (mm) Port sizes 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 M5 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 M5 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100,*** G1/8” 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100,*** 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100,**** Circuit Symbol G1/4” G3/8” G3/8” G1/2” * Stroke length *** Strokes 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 mm in version ECQ2A Ø - *** DC **** Strokes 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 mm M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference. Cylinder, double rod, double-acting, with magnet Part no. Bore size (mm) CDQ2WB12- * D CDQ2WB16- * D CDQ2WB20- * D CDQ2WB25- * D ECDQ2WB32- * D ECDQ2WB40- * D ECDQ2WB50- * D ECDQ2WB63- * D ECDQ2WB80- * D ECDQ2WB100- * D ECDQ2WB125- * DC ECDQ2WB140- * DC ECDQ2WB160- * DC ECDQ2WB180- * DC ECDQ2WB200- * DC 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 140 160 180 200 * Stroke length Longer strokes on request Standard strokes (mm) Port sizes 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 M5 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, M5 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, G1/8 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, Circuit Symbol G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 Type without magnet: without D, e.g.: CQ2WB12-5D M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 110 Linear Actuators Compact Cylinders Cylinder, non-rotating, double-acting, built-in magnet Part no. CDQ2KB12- * D CDQ2KB16- * D CDQ2KB20- * D CDQ2KB25- * D ECDQ2KB32- * D ECDQ2KB40- * D ECDQ2KB50- * D ECDQ2KB63- * D Bore size (mm) 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Standard strokes (mm) Port sizes 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 M5 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100 Circuit Symbol M5 G1/8 G1/4 * Stroke length Type without magnet: without D, e.g.: CQ2KB12-5D M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference. Cylinder, single acting, spring return, without magnet CQ2B12- * S CQ2B16- * S CQ2B20- * S CQ2B25- * S ECQ2B32- * S ECQ2B40- * S ECQ2B50- * S Bore size (mm) 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 Standard strokes (mm) Port sizes 5, 10 M5 5, 10 M5 5, 10 10, 20 Circuit Symbol M5** / G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 * Stroke length ** with 5 mm stroke M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference. 6 Cylinder, single-acting, spring-extend, without magnet Part no. CQ2B12- * T CQ2B16- * T CQ2B20- * T CQ2B25- * T ECQ2B32- * T ECQ2B40- * T ECQ2B50- * T Bore size (mm) 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 Standard strokes (mm) Port sizes 5, 10 M5 5, 10 M5 5, 10 10, 20 Circuit Symbol M5** / G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 * Stroke length ** with 5 mm stroke M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference. Mounting Bracket Part No. Bore size (mm) Foot* Flange Double Clevis** 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 CQ-L012 CQ-L016 CQ-L020 CQ-L025 CQ-L032 CQ-L040 CQ-L050 CQ-L063 CQ-F012 CQ-F016 CQ-F020 CQ-F025 CQ-F032 CQ-F040 CQ-F050 CQ-F063 CQ-D012 CQ-D016 CQ-D020 CQ-D025 CQ-D032 CQ-D040 CQ-D050 CQ-D063 * 2 pcs. per cylinder should be ordered when foot brackets are required. ** Package for double clevis contains clevis pin and snap ring. Note: Each package contains the following parts: Foot, Flange: Body mounting bolt Double clevis: Clevis pin, C shape snap ring for axis, body mounting bolt. Note2: Mountings need to be used with ECQ2”A”... version. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 111 Linear Actuators Part no. Linear Actuators Compact Cylinders Compact cylinder with Air Cushion Series RQ Part no. Bore size Standard Strokes Port Size (mm) (mm) RDQB20- * RDQB25- * RDQB32TF- * RDQB40TF- * RDQB50TF- * RDQB63TF- * RDQB80TF- * RDQB100TF- * 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 40, 50, 75, 100 M5 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 Foot Flange Double clevis CQS-L020 CQS-L025 CQ-L032 CQ-L040 CQ-L050 CQ-L063 CQ-L080 CQ-L0100 CQS-F020 CQS-F025 CQ-F032 CQ-F040 CQ-F050 CQ-F063 CQ-F080 CQ-F0100 CQS-D020 CQS-D025 CQ-D032 CQ-D040 CQ-D050 CQ-D063 CQ-D080 CQ-D100 * Stroke length • Uses a unique air cushion mechanism with no cushion ring. • Noise reduction and improvement in repeatability. • Wide size variations from ø20 to ø100. • Minimal extended dimensions from + 2.5mm to 13mm. • Nearly three times the allowable kinetic energy. • Interchangeable mounting for CQ2 and CQS. 6 Plate Cylinder with Linear Actuators elliptical piston design Series MU • Cylinder with elliptical piston means piston rod cannot rotate and the thickness is reduced. • Cylinder head with all-round mounting holes, additional mounting elements can be used. • Piston rod end with either male or female thread. • Auto switch for stroke end detection with LED in 2-wire design can be mounted on two sides. Standard Part no. Bore size (mm) Stroke lengths (mm) Port Size MDUB25MDUB32MDUB40MDUB50MDUB63- 25 32 40 50 63 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75 100, 125, 150, 175 200, 250, 300 M5 Rc(PT)1/8 Rc(PT)1/8 Rc(PT)1/4 Rc(PT)1/4 25 32 40 50 63 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 * D(M) * D(M) * D(M) * D(M) * D(M) Double rod style MDUWB25- * D(M) MDUWB32- * D(M) MDUWB40- * D(M) MDUWB50- * D(M) MDUWB63- * D(M) M5 Rc(PT)1/8 Rc(PT)1/8 Rc(PT)1/4 Rc(PT)1/4 Possible auto switches Reed D-A73 , D-A80 D-79WL 3 wire solid state: NPN: D-F79L PNP: D-F7PL 2 wire solid state: D-J79L * Stroke length Mounting brackets Diameter Ø25 Foot MU-L02 Flange MU-F02 Single clevis MU-C02 Double clevis MU-D02 Ø32 MU-L03 MU-F03 MU-C03 MU-D03 Ø40 MU-L04 MU-F04 MU-C04 MU-D04 Ø50 MU-L05 MU-F05 MU-C05 MU-D05 Ø63 MU-L06 MU-F06 MU-C06 MU-D06 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 112 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Compact Slide Series MXH Part no. Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) Port Size Cylinder speed MXH6- * MXH10- * MXH16- * MXH20- * 6 10 16 20 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 M5 50 ~ 500 mm/ sec * Stroke Possible signal generators D-A93L, D-A90L, NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL Reed: • Sizes Ø 6 – 20 mm, Strokes up to 60 mm. • Combination of guide unit and actuator. • Improved moment absorption, excellent guide accuracy. • Compact body design. • Universal mounting option as a result of tapped and through holes on the slide and the body. • Auto switch for stroke end detection with LED can be integrated in the body. • Compared to MXU series, allowable moment is approximately 6 times improved. 3 wire solid state/2 colour: 2 wire solid state/2colour: Application examples Pick&Place Positioning Vacuum Measuring Compact Slide Series MXU Ø Standard Strokes (mm) (mm) Part no. MXU6- * MXU10- * MXU16- * 6 10 16 Port Size Cylinder speed M5 50 ~ 500 mm/ sec 5, 10 15, 20 25, 30 * Stroke • Sizes Ø 6 – 16 mm. • The miniature linear guide improves the linear movement and non-rotating accuracy of the cylinder with a worktable. • Displacement accuracy against moments. • Parallel traveling (No load), 0.05mm or less. • Mounting is possible in three directions. • Auto switch can be mounted. Universal mounting Vertical mounting (Body tapped) 3 in parallel (Dispenser) Lateral mounting (Body through hole) Parts transfer Axial mounting (Body tapped) Lateral mounting (Body tapped) Positioning pin Precision adsorption This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 113 Linear Actuators 6 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Compact Slide with Precision Guide Series MXS Standard version is without stroke setting units Standard strokes Ø Part no. (mm) (mm) MXS6- * MXS8- * MXS12- * MXS16- * MXS20TF- * MXS25TF- * 6 8 12 16 20 25 Port Size 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150 Stroke adjustment range optional M3 0 - 5 mm 0 - 15 mm 0 - 25 mm M5 G1/8” * Stroke Linear Actuators 6 • Sizes ø 6 –25 mm, Strokes max. 150 mm. • Combination of guide unit and dual-rod actuator. • Heavy-duty cam follower guide without backlash. • Stroke adjustment possible at both end positions, each 0 – 5 mm (0-15, 0-25 mm). • Cushion by rubber bumpers or shockabsorber. • Universal mounting option (tapped and through holes) on the slide and in the body. • Stoppers can be fitted on the right or left side of the body (Symmetric Type). • Auto switch for stroke end detection with LED can be integrated in the body. Stroke adjustment units • A B MXS• Setting Range With rubber stopper With shock-absorbers (except Ø 6 mm) • S T per side for version A – 0 - 5 mm X11 0 - 15 mm X12* 0 - 25 mm * not available for Ø 6 mm X11 and X12 are not available for shock absorber type. • Standard MXQ L Mirror-image MXQ Extension stroke adjustment Retraction stroke adjustment Bore size • 6 6 mm 8 8 mm 12 12 mm 16 16 mm 20 20 mm 25 25 mm Possible signal generators Reed: 3 wire solid state/2 colour: 2 wire solid state/2colour: D-A93L, D-A90L, NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL A wide variety of options and designs is available. Compact Slide with recirculating ball bearing Series MXQ Pat no. MXQ6- * MXQ8- * MXQ12- * MXQ16- * MXQ20TF- * MXQ25TF- * Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 6 8 12 16 20 25 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150 Port Size Stroke adjustment range 0 ~ 5 mm 0 ~ 15 mm 0 ~ 25 mm M5 G1/8” * Stroke length Stroke adjusting units • Sizes 6 - 25 mm. • Strokes up to 150 mm. • Combined guide unit and double dual-rod actuator. • Integrated recirculating ball bearing for increased moment loads and guide accuracy. • Slide made from hardened stainless steel. • A wide variety of designs are available as options. • A B C • S T MXQWith rubber stopper • Setting Range With shock-absorbers (except Ø 6 mm) With metal stopper per side for version A – 0 - 5 mm X11 0 - 15 mm X12* 0 - 25 mm Extension stroke adjustment Retraction stroke adjustment Bore size Ø • 6 6 mm 8 8 mm 12 12 mm 16 16 mm 20 20 mm 25 25 mm * not available for Ø 6 mm X11 and X12 are not available for shock absorber type. • L Standard MXQ Mirror-image MXQ Possible signal generators Reed: 3 wire solid state/2 colour: 2 wire solid state/2colour: D-A93L, D-A90L, NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 114 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Mini Compact Slide Series MXF Part no. Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) Port Size MXF8- * MXF12- * MXF16- * MXF20- * 8 12 16 20 10,20,30 20,30,50 30,50,75 30,50,75,100 M3 Stroke adjustment range 0 ~ 5mm both sides M5 * Stroke length Possible signal generators D-A93L, D-A90L, NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL Reed: • Sizes ø 8 – 20 mm, Strokes up to 100 mm. • Combination of guide unit and actuator (small profile design). • Cam follower guide without backlash. • Universal mounting option (tapped and through holes) on the slide and in the body. • Stroke adjustment on both sides. • Auto switch with LED and 2-wire design can be integrated in the body. 3 wire solid state/2 colour: 2 wire solid state/2colour: Compact Slide with Precision Guide Series MXW Ø (mm) Part no. MXW8- * ** MXW12- * ** MXW16- * ** EMXW20- * ** EMXW25- * ** * Stroke length ** Stopper: 8 12 16 20 25 Standard strokes (mm) Port Size 25,50,75,100,125,150 50,75,100,125,150 75,100,125,150,175,200 100,125,150,175,200,225,250 100,125,150,175,200,225,250,275,300 M5 Stroke adjustment range 5 mm both sides G1/8” - : Rubber stopper B : Shock-absorber Possible signal generators • Sizes ø 8 – 25 mm, Strokes up to 300 mm. • Combination of guide unit and dual-rod actuator. • Recirculating ball bearing guide without backlash. • Stroke adjustment at both end positions each 0 – 5 mm. • Universal mounting option (tapped and throug holes) on the slide and body. • Auto switch with LED and 2 – wire design can be integrated in the body. Reed: 3 wire solid state/2 colour: 2 wire solid state/2colour: D-A93L, D-A90L, NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 115 Linear Actuators 6 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Compact Precision Air Slide Table with Linear Guide Series MXP Miniature slide Part no. Ø (mm) Standard Strokes (mm) 6 5, 10 Ø (mm) Standard Strokes (mm) MXPJ6- * Port Size Stroke setting range Stoppers – – Stroke setting range Stoppers M3 Standard design Part no. • Sizes ø 6 – 16 mm, strokes 5-30 mm. • Mini compact slide unit with precise ball bearing linear guides. • Cylinder function double-acting. • Stroke adjustment in both end MXP positions (as standard). • Auto switch for stroke end detection with LED can be integrated into the body (except MXPJ6). • Shock absorber on both sides available (except MXP6, MXP8). 6 8 10 12 16 MXP6- * ** MXP6- * ** MXP10- * ** MXP12- * ** MXP16- * ** 5, 10 10, 20 10, 20 15, 25 20, 30 Port Size M3 M5 Rubber stopper, shock-absorber (except Ø6, Ø8) metal stoppers both sides * Stroke ** Stoppers: – elastic B Shock-absorber C Metal stoppers Possible signal generators D-A90L, D-A93L, NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL Reed: 3 wire solid state/2 colour: 2 wire solid state/2colour: Positioning of Transport Devices Feed/Positioning Linear Actuators 6 Compact Slide, long Stroke type Series MXY Part no. Bore size (mm) MXY6- * ** MXY8- * ** MXY12- * ** 6 8 12 Standard strokes Port size Stroke adjustment range Rubber and metal: 50, 100, 150, 200 Centralized 0 - 5 mm on one side 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 Shock-absorber at Ø 12: M5 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 0 - 15 mm * Stroke length - …rubber stopper ** Stopper: C …metal stopper B …Shock-absorber only available for Ø 12 mm Possible signal generators Reed: 3 wire solid state/2 colour: • Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with high-precision recirculating ball bearing. • Extremely compact dimensions. • Long stroke up to 400 mm, at Ø 12 mm possible. • Stroke adjustment and auto switch rail as standard. 2 wire solid state/2colour: D-A93L, D-A90L, NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL MXY This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 116 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Precision Guide Cylinders Series MTS Part no. MTS8 - * MTS12 - * (M) MTS16 - * (M) MTS20 - * (M) MTS25 - * (M) MTS32TF- * (M) MTS40TF- * (M) Bore size Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) Port Size Cushion 8 12 16 20 25 32 40 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 M3 Rubber bumper 25, 50, 75, 100, M5 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 Air Cushion G 1/8” * Stroke length • Sizes ø 8 – 40 mm, Standard strokes up to 200 mm. • Cylinders with high quality recirculating ball bearing on the piston rod for improved repeatability and non-rotating accuracy. • Double-acting cylinder function, with air cushion at both ends. • Mounting possibilities on all four body sides and the front with reduced deflection. • Auto switch for stroke end detection can be integrated in the body profile. • End lock, stroke adjustment units are available as options. Possible signal generators Reed: 3 wire solid state/2 colour: 2 wire solid state/2colour: D-A90L, D-A93L, NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL Pick & Place Positioning 6 Linear Actuators MTS with end lock and stroke adjustment mechanism on request. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 117 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinders Series MY1B Linear Actuators 6 • Sizes ø 10 - 100 mm, Strokes up to 5000 mm. • Guide slide for vertical loading and longitudinal moments. • Reduced length as compared to piston rod cylinders with the same stroke. • Force-efficient power transmission between piston and slide. • Resin seal belt reduces leakage. • Steel dust seal hand with resin cover provides optimum protection of the sealing track. • Stroke adjusting unit combined with shock-absorbers and/or adjusters. • Piping ports either on one side or both sides. Part no. Ø (mm) MY1B10G - * MY1B16G - * MY1B20G - * EMY1B25G - * EMY1B32G - * EMY1B40G - * EMY1B50G - * EMY1B63G - * EMY1B80G - * EMY1B100G - * 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Standard strokes ** (mm) Port Size 100 ~ 2.000 Cushion Rubber bumper 100 ~ 2.000 (max. 3.000) M5 G1/8 100 ~ 2.000 (max. 5.000) G1/4 adjustable air cushion G3/8 G1/2 * Stroke length ** Suffix -XB11 in part number for strokes > 2000 mm Stroke adjustment units 10 Ø (mm) MY-A10A Unit A — Unit L MY-A10H Unit H Unit A Unit L Unit H 16 MY-A16A — — 20 MY-A20A MY-A20L MY-A20H 25 MY-A25A MY-A25L MY-A25H 32 MY-A32A MY-A32L MY-A32H With adjusting bolt Low load shock absorber + adjusting bolt High load shock absorber + adjusting bolt Shock-absorbers for L and H units Ø (mm) 10 Type L Type H RB0805 20 RB0806 RB1007 25 RB1007 RB1412 32 RB1412 RB2015 40 RB1412 RB2015 Stroke adjuster Side support mounting Floating bracket mounting Standard Bearing Minimal dimensions, ideal for combination with external guides Side supports Ø (mm) 10 16 20 25 • 32 40 • 50 63 80 • 100 Part No. MY-S10A MY-S16A MY-S20A MY-S25A MY-S32A MY-S40A MY-S63A Mounting with floating bracket Ø (mm) Part No. 10 MY-J10 16 MY-J16 20 MY-J20 25 MY-J25 32 MY-J32 40 MY-J40 50 MY-J50 63 MY-J63 80 MY-J80 100 MY-J100 Possible auto switches Ø 10•16•20 mm Reed: 3 wire solid state/2 colour: 2 wire solid state/2 colour: D-A93L NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL Ø 25•32•40•50•63•80•100 mm Reed: 3 wire solid state: 2 wire solid state: D-Z73L, D-Z80L NPN: D-Y59AL, PNP:D-Y7PL D-Y59BL This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 118 40 MY-A40A MY-A40L MY-A40H Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder Part no. Series MY1M MY1M16G - * MY1M20G - * EMY1M25G - * EMY1M32G - * EMY1M40G - * EMY1M50G - * EMY1M63G - * Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 100 ~ 2.000 (max. 3.000) Port Size M5 G1/8 100 ~ 2.000 (max. 5.000) Cushion G1/4 adjustable air cushion G3/8 * Stroke length Design of the stroke adjustment units Unit A Unit L Unit H Side supports Ø (mm) 16 20 25 32 40,50 63 2 wire solid state/2 colour: Work piece can be directly Adjusting mounted mechanism on the slide 6 Ø 10•16•20 mm 3 wire solid state/2 colour: Bearing Part No. MY-S16A MY-S20A MY-S25A MY-S32A MY-S40A MY-S63A Possible auto switches Reed: Slide Bearing With adjusting bolt Low load shock absorber + adjusting bolt High load shock absorber + adjusting bolt Linear Actuators • Sizes ø 16 – 63 mm, strokes up to 5000 mm. • Slide with four slide bearing rails for all loading directions, in addition to accommodation of longitudinal and lateral moments . • Reduced length as compared to piston rod cylinders with the same stroke. • Force-efficient power transmission between piston and slide. • Resin seal belt reduces leakage. • Steel dust seal band with resin cover provides optimum protection of the sealing track. • Stroke adjustment unit combined with shock-absorbers and/or adjusting bolts. • Piping port either on one side or both sides. • Auto switch for stroke end detection and intermediate stroke detection can be integrated in the body. Stroke adjustment unit ø(mm) Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø32 Ø50 Ø40 Ø63 Type A MYM-A16A MYM-A20A MYM-A25A MYM-A32A MYM-A40A MYM-A50A MYM-A63A Type L MYM-A16L MYM-A20L MYM-A25L MYM-A32L MYM-A40L MYM-A50L MYM-A63L Type H MYM-A16H MYM-A20H MYM-A25H MYM-A32H MYM-A40H MYM-A50H MYM-A63H D-A93L NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL Ø 25•32•40•50•63 mm Reed: 3 wire solid state: 2 wire solid state: D-Z73L, D-Z80L NPN: D-Y59AL, PNP:D-Y7PL D-Y59BL Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder with Protective Covering Series MY1*W • Can be supplied for cylinder series MY1M and MY1C. • Provides optimum protection against coarse contaminants. • Protective cover can be retro-fitted to standard cylinders. • Can be supplied for Ø 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50 and 63 mm. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 119 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder Series MY1C/MY1H Series MY1C - Cam follower guides Part no. Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 100 ~ 2.000 (max. 3.000) MY1C16G - * MY1C20G - * EMY1C25G - * EMY1C32G - * EMY1C40G - * EMY1C50G - * EMY1C63G - * Port Size Cushion M5 Adjustable air cushion G1/8 100 ~ 2.000 (max. 5.000) G1/4 G3/8 * Stroke length Series MY1H – linear Guides Linear Actuators 6 • Sizes MY1C: 16 - 63 mm. MY1H: 10 - 40 mm. • Strokes up to 1500 mm (MY1H) or 5000 mm (MY1C). • Slide table design: MY1C: with cam follower guides. MY1H: recirculating linear guides. • For all loading directions, and for the accommodation of longitudinal and lateral moments . • Reduced length as compared to piston rod cylinders with the same stroke. • Force-efficient power transmission between piston and slide. • Resin seal belt reduces leakage. • Steel dust seal band with resin cover provides optimum protection of the sealing track. • Stroke adjusting unit combined with shock absorbers and adjusting bolts. • Piping port either on one side or both sides. • Auto switch for stroke end detection and intermediate stroke detection can be integrated in the body. Ø (mm) Standard strokes** (mm) Port Size MY1H10G - * MY1H16G - * MY1H20G - * EMY1H25G - * EMY1H32G - * 10 16 20 25 32 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600 (máx.1000) M5 EMY1H40G - * 40 Part no. 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600 (máx.1500) Cushion Rubber bumper G1/8 Adjustable air cushion G1/4 * Stroke length ** Add “-XB10” to the end of the p/n for non-standard strokes from 51 to 599. Also when exceding 600mm stroke,specify “-XB11” at the end of the p/n (except ø10) Stroke adjustment unit MY1C Ø (mm) 16 20 Type A MYM-A16A MYM-A20A Type L MYM-A16L MYM-A20L Type H – MYM-A20H 25 MYM-A25A MYM-A25L MYM-A25H 32 MYM-A32A MYM-A32L MYM-A32H 40 MYM-A40A MYM-A40L MYM-A40H 50 MYM-A50A MYM-A50L MYM-A50H Side supports for MY1C Ø (mm) 16 20 Type A MY-S16A MY-S20A Type B MY-S16B MY-S20B 25 MY-S25A MY-S25B 32 MY-S32A MY-S32B 40, 50 MY-S40A MY-S40B 63 MY-S63A MY-S63B 20 MYH-A20A MYH-A20L MYH-A25H 25 MYH-A25A MYH-A25L MYH-A25H 32 MYH-A32A MYH-A32L MYH-A32H 40 MYH-A40 MYH-A40L MYH-A40H 63 MYM-A63A MYM-A63L MYM-A63H Side supports for MY1H Ø (mm) Type A Type L Type H 10 – – MYH-A10H 16 MYH-A16A MYH-A16L – Cylinder mounting bracket for MY1H Ø (mm) Type A Type B Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder with Linear Guides on both sides Series MY1HT Ø 50 - Ø 63 mm Maximum loads: MY1HT50: 2000 N MY1HT63: 3160 N 10 16 20 25 32 40 MY-S10A MY-S16A MY-S20A MY-S25A MY-S32A MY-S40A MY-S10B MY-S16B MY-S20B MY-S25B MY-S32B MY-S40B Design of the stroke adjusting units Type A adjustable stopper bolts Type H adjustable stopper bolts and shock-absorbers Side supports Type A Type B Through hole Tapped hole Possible auto switches D-A93L, D-A90L, from Ø 25 mm: D-Z73L, D-Z80L D-M9PWL, from Ø 25 mm: D-Y7PL Ø 10, 16, 20 mm: D-M9BWL, from Ø 25 mm: D-Y59BL Reed: Ø 10, 16, 20 mm: 3 wire solid state: PNP: Ø 10, 16, 20 mm: 2 wire solid state: This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 120 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinder, Low Profile Design Series MY2H/HT/C Part no. MY2H16G - * MY2H25TFG- * MY2H40TFG- * MY2HT16G - * MY2HT25TFG- * MY2HT40TFG- * MY2C16G - * MY2C25TFG- * MY2C40TFG- * Bore size (mm) 16 25 40 16 25 40 16 25 40 Standard strokes (mm) 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600 max. Ø16: 1000, Ø25/40: 1500 100 - 2000 max. ø16: 3000 max. ø25/40: 5000 Number of Moments Guides M1/M2/M3 (Nm) Port Size 7/6/7 28/26/26 60/50/60 46/55/46 100/120/100 200/220/200 5/4/3,5 13/14/10 45/33/28 1 2 1 M5 G 1/8 G 1/4 M5 G 1/8 G 1/4 M5 G 1/8 G 1/4 * Stroke length • Compact, extremely flat design. • Height reduction by 30% compared to MY1. • Bore sizes 16, 25 and 40 mm. • Increased load and moment capacity are possible. • Available either with one (MY2H) or two (MY2HT) linear guides. • Cylinder can be replaced without removing the work piece. • MY2C: Cam follower guides. • MY2H/HT: Linear guides. Stroke adjusting unit ø (mm) Ø25 Ø16 MY2H L MY2H-A16L MY2H-A25L H MY2H-A16H MY2H-A25H MY2HT L MY2HT-A16L MY2HT-A25L H MY2HT-A16H MY2HT-A25H MY2C L MY2H-A16L MY2H-A25L MY2H-A25H – H Ø40 MY2H-A40L MY2H-A40H MY2HT-A40L MY2HT-A40H MY2C-A40L MY2C-A40H Work piece Cylinder mounting bolts Guide unit Linear Actuators 6 Cylinder body Slider This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 121 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Mechanically Jointed Rodless Cylinders Series MY3A/3B/3M MY3A Short style cylinder (rubber bumper) Ø Standard strokes ** Part no. (mm) (mm) MY3A16 - * MY3A25TF - * MY3A40TF - * MY3A50TF - * 16 25 40 50 Port Size Cushion M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 Rubber bumper Standard strokes ** (mm) Port Size Cushion 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000 (max. 3.000) M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 adjustable air cushion Standard strokes ** (mm) Port Size Cushion 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000 (max. 3.000) M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 adjustable air cushion 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000 (max. 3.000) * Stroke length ** Suffix -XB11 in part number for strokes > 2000 mm MY3B Standard cylinder (air cushion) Ø Part no. (mm) MY3B16 - * MY3B25TF - * MY3B40TF - * MY3B63TF - * MY3M Linear Actuators 6 • Sizes ø16, 25, 40, 63 mm, Strokes up to 3000 mm. • High functionality with reduced height and length: -Height reduced by 36% at the maximum*. -Overall length reduced by 140 mm at the maximum*. -Weight reduced by 53% at the maximum. (*Comparison with Series MY1B). • Stroke adjusting unit combined with shock absorbers and adjusting. • Piping ports either on one side or both sides. Stroke Adjusting Unit Oval Piston 16 25 40 63 * Stroke length ** Suffix -XB11 in part number for strokes > 2000 mm Slide bearing type (air cushion) Ø Part no. (mm) MY3M16 - * MY3M25TF - * MY3M40TF - * MY3M63TF - * 16 25 40 63 * Stroke length ** Suffix -XB11 in part number for strokes > 2000 mm Stroke adjustment unit for MY3B and MY3M models Ø (mm) 16 Left MY3 * -A16L1 Unit L Right MY3 * -A16L2 Left MY3 * -A16H1 Unit H Right MY3 * -A16H2 * B = MY3B; M = MY3M Unit L Unit H (MY3B/3M) 25 MY3 * -A25L1 MY3 * -A25L2 MY3 * -A25H1 MY3 * -A25H2 40 MY3 * -A40L1 MY3 * -A40L2 MY3 * -A40H1 MY3 * -A40H2 63 MY3 * -A63L1 MY3 * -A63L2 MY3 * -A63H1 MY3 * -A63H2 Low load shock-absorber and adjusting bolt High load shock-absorber and adjusting bolt Side supports The cylinder tube can be fixed from the upper or lower side. Shock-absorbers for L and H units Ø (mm) 16 Type L RB0806 Type H RB1007 Side supports Ø (mm) 16 25 40 63 Type A Type B Floating bracket Easy connection with external guide. Vertical and lateral mounting is possible. 25 RB1007 RB1412 40 RB1412 RB2015 63 RB2015 RB2725 Part No. MY-S16A MY-S16B MY-S25A MY-S25B MY-S32A MY-S32B MY-S40A MY-S40B Mounting with floating bracket (MY3A and MY3B) Ø (mm) Part No. 16 MYAJ16 25 MYAJ25 40 MYAJ40 63 MYAJ63 Possible signal generators Reed: 3 wire solid state/2 colour: 2 wire solid state/2colour: D-A93L, NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 122 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Rodless Cylinder Series CY3B/CY3R CY3B CY3R • Sizes ø 6 – 63 mm, Strokes up to 5000 mm. • Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder field. • Reduced length as compared to piston rod cylinders with the same stroke length. • Reduced radial dimensions. • Tube with square slide. Part no. CY3**6 - * CY3**10 - * CY3**15 - * CY3**20TF CY3**25TF CY3**32TF CY3**40TF CY3**50TF CY3**63TF - * * * * * * Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 6 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 63 50, 100, 150, 200 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 50,100,150,200,250,300,350,400,450,500 Port Size Cushion M3 M5 100, 150, 200, 250, 300,350, 400, 450500, 600, 700, 800 G1/8 100, 150, 200, 250, 300,350, 400, 450500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 G1/4 Rubber bumper * Stroke length ** B…Standard, R…additional slide guide Magnetic Rodless Cylinder Series CY1S/CY1L Part no. Ø (mm) CDY1S6H - * CDY1S10H - * CDY1S15H - * ECDY1S20H - * ECDY1S25H - * ECDY1S32H - * ECDY1S40H - * 6 10 15 20 25 32 40 Standard strokes (mm) 50, 100, 150, 200 50,100,150,200,250,300,350 50,100,150,200,250,300,350,400,450,500 100, 150, 200, 250, 300,350, 400, 450500, 600, 700, 800 100, 150, 200, 250, 300,350,400, 450,500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 Port Size M5 G1/8 Linear Actuators 6 Cushion Standard: none Optional: shock absorber G1/4 * Stroke length CY1L Ball bushing version on request • Sizes ø 6 - 40 mm, Strokes up to 1500 mm. • Overall length advantages as compared to slide units with the same stroke. • Slide with two strong guide rods running in slide bearing (CY1S) or ball bushing (CY1L) to absorb lateral forces and longitudinal and lateral moments. • Auto switch mounting in its own rail. • Stopper bolts and shock-absorbers integrated in the end plates. Accessories•Shock-absorbers Cylinder Ø (mm) Shock absorber 6•10•15 RB0805 20 RB1006 25 RB1411 32•40 RB2015 Possible auto switches Reed: 3 wire solid state: 2 wire solid state: D-A73L, D-A80L NPN: D-F79L, PNP:D-F7PL D-J79L This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 123 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Magnetic Rodless Cylinders Series CY1H/CY1HT Part no. CY1H10 - * CY1H15 - * CY1H20 - * CY1H25 - * CY1HT25 - * CY1HT32 - * Nº of Ø (mm) Guides 10 15 20 25 25 32 one one one one two two Standard strokes (mm) 100, 200, 300 100, 200, 300, 400, 500 100,200,300,400,500,600 100,200,300,400,500,600,800 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000 Port Size Cushion M5 Standard: elastic Rc1/8 optional: shock absorber * Stroke length Possible auto switch D-Z73L, D-Z80L PNP:D-Y7PL D-Y59BL Reed: 3 wire solid state: • Sizes ø 10 – 25 mm, 32 mm with CY1HT, strokes up to 1500 mm. • Enclosed design with one (CY1H) or two (CY1HT) high precision guide. • For increased load absorption at extremely high precision. • Auto switch can be integrated in the body. • Pre-machined mounting holes in the slide. 2 wire solid state: Linear Actuators 6 Magnetic Rodless CylinderLow Profile Guide Type Series CY1F Part no. CY1F10R- * ** CY1F15R- * ** CY1F25TFR- * ** Ø (mm) Standard strokes 10 15 25 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600 Port size Cushion Centralized on one side Shock absorber M5 on both sides in G1/8” the slide * Stroke length - …Standard 2 mm adjustable ** Stopper: A …extended 25 mm adjustable Possible signal generators Reed: 3 wire solid state/2 colour: • Sizes Ø 10, 15 and 25 mm. • Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with lateral guide, resulting in extremely low profile. • Drive cylinder can be removed from the slide without the use of tools. • Adjustable strota ends. • Slide with integrated shock-absorber. 2 wire solid state/2colour: D-A90L, D-A93L, NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL D-M9BWL Stroke adjustment bolts Bore size Standard 10, 15 CYF-S10 25 CYF-S25 extended 25 mm CYF-L10 CYF-L25 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 124 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Rodless Cylinders for Clean Rooms and Vacuum Chambers Series CYP/CYV Bore size (mm) Strokes (mm) Stroke adjustment CYP * - ** 15, 32 on both sides: ± 1 mm CYV * - ** 15, 32 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700 Part no. * Diameter ** Stroke length on both sides: -2 ~ 0 mm Operating pressure (MPa) 0,05 ~ 0,3 Low particle generation • Internally-controlled start-up and deceleration behaviour produces a sinusoidal motion, ensuring jolt-free operation. • No particle generation, since slide runs without contact with the cylinder tubing. • CYV: - For Clean Room. - No suction vacuum necessary. - 1/20 of the particle generation compared to 12-CY3B-Series. - Fitted and double-pac kaged under clean room conditions. Miniature Guide Rod Cylinder Series MGJ - For use in vacuum chambers. - Particle generation (on average, 0,1 Particles/Cycle). - Leakage 1,3 x 10-7 Pa · m3/s. - Seals separate vacuum and atmosphere. - Operation conditions: Atmospheres up to 1,3 x 10-4 Pa (ABS). Part no. MGJ6- * MGJ10- * 6 Linear Actuators • CYP: Ø (mm) Strokes** (mm) Port Size Cushion 6 10 5, 10, 15 5, 10, 15, 20 M3 Rubber bumper (at both ends) * Stroke length ** Intermediate stroke (by the 1 mm stroke) available, consult SMC. Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting is 4 mm. Possible auto switches 3 wire solid state: 2 wire solid state: NPN: D-F8NL, PNP:D-F8PL D-F8BL • Sizes Ø 6, 10 mm, strokes up to 20 mm. • Non-rotating accuracy: ±0.1°. • Two auto switches can be mounted even for 5 mm strokes. • Integral wiring/piping to one direction. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 125 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Compact Guide Cylinder Standard Cylinder with Slide Bearing Series MGP Part no. • Sizes Ø 12 – 100 mm, strokes up to 400 mm. • Body with central piston rod and two lateral guide rods for high lateral loading and moments. • Short length, compact dimensions. • Two types of guide rod bearing: slide or ball bushing bearing for many applications. • Body with direct mounting facility on all side surfaces and end surfaces. • Rubber bumper in the cylinder. • Autoswitches can be integrated in the body from 2 sides. 6 MGPM12 - * MGPM16 - * MGPM20TF - * MGPM25TF - * MGPM32TF - * MGPM40TF - * MGPM50TF - * MGPM63TF - * MGPM80TF - * MGPM100TF - * Ø (mm) Strokes (mm) 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 Port Size Cushion M5 G1/8 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 Rubber bumper (optionally air cushion) G1/4 G3/8 * Stroke length Standard Cylinder with Ball Bushing Bearing Part no. MGPL12 - * MGPL16 - * MGPL20TF - * MGPL25TF - * MGPL32TF - * MGPL40TF - * MGPL50TF - * MGPL63TF - * MGPL80TF - * MGPL100TF - * Ø (mm) Strokes (mm) 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 Port Size Cushion M5 G1/8 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400 Rubber bumper (optionally air cushion) G1/4 G3/8 * Stroke length Linear Actuators Possible auto switches D-Z73L, D-Z80L NPN: D-Y59AL, PNP:D-Y7PL D-Y59BL Reed: 3 wire solid state: 2 wire solid state: Stroke Variations Compact Guide Cylinders and Air Cushion Bearing type Series MGP*-*A • The air cushion is standardised. • This compact guide cylinder has an adjustable cushion to reduce noise generation and vibration. This allows more than three times as much kinetic energy to be absorbed as compared with rubber bumper cushion. Bore size (mm) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 MGPM Slide bearing MGPL Ball bushing Cushion valve is built into the body Heavy Duty Guide Rod Cylinder with Improved Load Resistance Series MGPS • Lateral load resistance: 10% increase. • Eccentric load resistance: 25% increase. • Impact load resistance: 140% increase. Stroke (mm) 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400 Compared with compact cylinders of the series MGPM50 Bore size (mm) Guide rod diameter (mm) MGPS MGPM 50 30 25 80 45 30 Stroke Variations Bearing type MGPS Slide bearing Bore size (mm) 50 80 Stroke (mm) 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 126 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Compact Guide Cylinder High Precision Ball Bushing Type Series MGPA • Ø12, Ø16, Ø20, Ø25, Ø32, Ø40, Ø50, Ø63, Ø80, Ø100. • The new series MGPA has been added by to the series MGP. This new series is characterised by improved non-rotating accuracy of the plate and reduced plate displacement. • Non-rotating accuracy of the plate: ± 0,01°. • Plate displacement: 0,05 mm (with MGPA Ø 12, 10 mm stroke, load weight 1,7 kg). Compact Guide Cylinder with Shock Absorber Series MGP-XC69 • Extended stroke can be adjusted by adjustment screw. • Extended stroke adjustment: Ø 12 to Ø 25: 15 mm Ø 32 to Ø 63: 25 mm Ø 80, Ø 100: 30 mm Linear Actuators 6 Compact Cylinder with Special Scrapers Series MGP-XC4/XC35 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 127 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Guide Cylinder Series MGG MGG *** B20- * MGG *** B25- * MGG *** B32- * MGG *** B40- * MGG *** B50- * MGG *** B63- * MGG *** B80- * MGG *** B100- * Ø (mm) Standard strokes ** (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 75, 100, 125, 150, 200 Cushion Port sizes Cylinder Guide Rc 1/8 75, 100, 125 150, 200, 250, 300 Rc 1/4 Shock Rubber absorber bumper (2 pcs.) Rc 3/8 Rc 1/2 * Stroke length ** longer strokes available on request *** M… slide bush guide bearing L… ball bush guide bearing Possible signal generators/accessories Type Ø 20 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 40 Ø 50 Ø 63 Ø 80 Ø 100 Reed switch 3-wire, solid state PNP 2-wire solid state D-C73L, D-C80L D-B54L D-H7A2L D-G5PL D-H7BL D-K59L Signal generator mounting band BMA2-020 BMA2-025 BMA2-032 BMA2-040 BMA2-050 BMA2-063 BA-08 BA-10 Pusher Linear Actuators 6 • Bore sizes ø 20 – 100 mm, strokes up to max. 1300 mm. • High quality guide unit with standard round cylinder. • Guide rod bearing with either slide or ball bushing bearing. • Large diameter guide rods with long support bearing for high lateral load resistance and non-rotating precision. • Integrated shock-absorber and adjustment bolts to allow effective cushion of large mass forces. • Body mounting possible on all sides. • Simple stroke adjustment by moving the rear plate. • Integrated grease port as standard. Part no. Lifter Guide Table Series MGF Part no. MGF40TF- * MGF63TF- * MGF100TF- * Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) Port Size Cushion 40 63 100 30, 50, 75, 100 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 Rubber bumper * Stroke length • Bore sizes ø 40, 63 and 100 mm, strokes from 30 – 100 mm. • Compact stroke table to accommodate eccentric loads; with built-in nonn-rotating mechanism. • Cylinder function double-acting. • Low height with respect to stroke. • Rubber bumper cushion. • Autoswitch for stroke end detection can be integrated into body contour. Possible auto switches Reed: 3 wire solid state: 2 wire solid state: D-Z73L, D-Z80L NPN: D-Y59AL, PNP:D-Y7PL D-Y59BL Conveyor equipment Positioning This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 128 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Series MGZ/MGZR • Double-acting double power cylinder. • Highly loadable as a result of integrated slide bearing. • Non-rotating rod (MGZ) - by slide bearing with built-in nonrotating mechanism. • Double extension output power by “piston in piston construction”. • Approx. 30% reduced overall length compared with standard cylinders in tandem arrangement. • Moment absorption is the same as guide cylinders (e.g. MGP), but with a 40% reduced overall width. • Improved non-rotating accuracy: ±0,3°. • Optimum design by the use of profile tube, auto switch can be integrated in grooves. • Simple piping connection via 2 ports, resulting from internal air channels. • Pre-cut mounting threads in cylinder covers and piston rod. Ø Standard strokes Theoretical output, extension stroke (N) (mm) (mm) at 0,6MPa Part no. MGZ20 - * MGZ25TF - * MGZ32TF - * MGZ40TF - * MGZ50TF - * MGZ63TF - * MGZ80TF - * MGZR20 - * MGZR25TF - * MGZR32TF - * MGZR40TF - * MGZR50TF - * MGZR63TF - * MGZR80TF - * 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 436 651 973 1520 2309 3567 5829 436 651 973 1520 2309 3567 5829 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 Long stroke version up to 1000 mm available (800 mm for ø20,ø25) Cushion Type With non-rotating mechanism Rubber bumper Without non-rotating mechanism Port Size M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 * Stroke length Mounting elements such as foot brackets, flanges on request Possible auto switches/accessories Type MGZ Ø 20, 25, 32 mm MGZ Ø 40-80 mm Reed switch 3-wire solid state PNP 2-wire solid state Auto switch spacer D-A93L, D-A90L D-A93L, D-A90L D-M9PWL D-M9PWL D-M9BWL D-M9BWL BMY3-016 BMG2-012 6 MGZ with end lock Linear Actuators Double Power Cylinder MGZ Tandem cylinder 3 Position Cylinder • 2-stage stroke enabled with a small increase in length Series RZQ Overall length of cylinder tube RZQ First-stage Stroke Additional cylinder tube length Full stroke CDQ2 • First-stage stroke can be specified without changing the overall length. • ±0.02 or less repeatability in intermediate stop positioning. • First-stage stroke can be freely specified. • Wide variations in mounting. Overall length of cylinder tube Part no. RZQA32TFRZQA40TFRZQA50TFRZQA63TF- * * * * - ** - ** - ** - ** Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 32 40 50 63 Full stroke: 25,50,75,100,125,150, 175,200,250,300 First-stage stroke: 5mm to “full stroke” -1mm Port Size G 1/8 G 1/4 * Full stroke ** First-stage stroke This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 129 Linear Actuators Combination Cylinders Dual-Rod Cylinder: Compact Type Series CXSJ • Improved auto switch mounting possible from 4 sides. • Profiles reduced by approx. 30% and weight reduced by approx. 40% in comparison with conventional cylinders. • With either slide bearings or ball bushing bearings. 6 Dual-Rod Cylinder Linear Actuators Series CXS Part no. Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) adjustable 5 mm Port size 6 10 15 20 25 32 6 10 15 20 25 32 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75 M3 M5 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 M3 M5 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 CXSJM6- * CXSJM10- * CXSJM15- * CXSJM20- * CXSJM25- * CXSJM32- * CXSJL6- * CXSJL10- * CXSJL15- * CXSJL20- * CXSJL25- * CXSJL32- * 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 Guide Auto switch Slide bearing Reed: D-A93L, D-A90L 2-wire solid state D-M9BL 3 wire PNP D-M9PL Ball bushing bearing * Stroke length Slide Bush Guides Bore size (mm) Part no. CXSM6- * CXSM10- * CXSM15- * CXSM20- * CXSM25TF- * CXSM32TF- * Standard strokes (mm) Port sizes Stroke adjustment range M5 6 10 15 20 25 32 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 75 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 90, 100 G1/8” Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) Port sizes 6 10 15 20 25 32 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 75 M5 0 ~ -5 mm * Stroke length • Sizes Ø 6 - 32 mm. • Guide cylinder with small body profile. • Guide piston rod with slide or ball bushing bearings. • Air connections can be located in two alternative positions. • Auto switch can be integrated into body. • Cushion bolts fitted as standard. • Stroke adjustment in the range of 5 mm with cylinder retracted. Ball bush guides Part no. CXSL6- * CXSL10- * CXSL15- * CXSL20- * CXSL25TF- * CXSL32TF- * 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 90, 100 Stroke adjustment range M5 M5 0 ~ -5 mm G1/8” * Stroke length Possible signal generator Reed: 3 wire solid state: 2 wire solid state: D-Z73L, D-Z80L NPN: D-Y59AL, PNP:D-Y7PL D-Y59BL Double piston cylinder Series CXS*A Piston-Ø 20, 25, and 32mm can be supplied with adjustable endpoint damping This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 130 Linear Actuators Speciality Cylinders Sine Rodless Cylinder Series REA Part no. REA * - ** REAR * - ** REAS * - ** REAL * - ** REAH * - ** REAHT * - ** Ø (mm) Nº of guides 25 ,32 40, 50, 63 10 15 20, 25,32 40 10 15 20 25 25, 32 200-800 200-1000 150-300 150-500 200-800 200-1000 150-300 150-500 200-600 200-800 200-1000 • 6 design variants: * Diameter REA: Basic type. ** Stroke length REAR: Basic type with auto switch *** diameter-specific stroke limitations possible REAS/REAL:Slider type with 2 slide or ball bushing bearing rod guides. REAH: With a high precision guide rail. REAHT: With 2 high precision guide rails. • Internally-controlled start-up and deceleration behaviour to achieve a sinusoidal movement, thereby ensuring jolt-free operation. Standard strokes (mm)*** 2 2 2 1 2 6 Sine Rodless High Speed Cylinder Linear Actuators Series REBR/REBH • Expansion of the Sine-cylinder series. • Max. speed 600 mm/sec. • REBR: with Ø 15, 25, 32 mm. • REBH: with Ø 15, 25, 32 mm. • Max. strokes: Ø 15: 750 mm Ø 25, 32: 1500 mm This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 131 Linear Actuators Speciality Cylinders Microspeed Cylinder Series C*X Part no. Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 10 15,30,45,60,75,100,125,150 16 15,30,45,60,75,100,125,150,175,200 10,16 5,10,15,20,25,30, CDUX * - ** D 20,25,32 5,10,15,20,25,30,40,50 12,16 5,10,15,20,25,30, CDQSXB * - ** D 20,25 5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50 32,40 5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,75,100 CDQ2XB * TF- ** D 50,63,80,100 10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,75,100 20,25, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, CDM2XB * TF- ** 150, 200, 250, 300 32,40 CDJ2XB * - ** • Improved low friction characteristics. • Uniform piston operation from 0,5 mm/s, no stick and slip effect. • No lurching guaranteed, even after long standstill times. Piston speed Operating (mm/s) pressure (MPa) 0,06 ~ 0,7 1 ~ 300 0,06 ~ 0,7 0.05~0.7 1 ~ 300 0,5 ~ 300 1 ~ 300 0,03 ~ 0,7 0,025 ~ 0,7 0,5 ~ 300 0,01 ~ 0,7 0,025 ~ 1.0 0,5 ~ 300 * Bore size ** Stroke length Version without magnet, with rubber dumper, mounting brackets autoswitch on request. Linear Actuators 6 Smooth Cylinder Series C*Y Part no. Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) Operating Piston speed pressure (mm/s) (MPa) 0,03 ~ 0,7 12, 16, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 20, 25 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 0,02 ~0,7 CDQ2YB- * TF - ** DC 32, 40 5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,75,100 0,02 ~ 0,7 50, 63, 80, 100 10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,75,100 0,01 ~0,7 CDQSYB- * - ** DC CDM2YB- * TF - ** CDG1YB- * TF - ** • 0.03 MPa Minimun operating pressure 0.01 to 0.03 MPa.precision regulator (e.g. Series IR). • Smooth operation with less sticking and slipping. Stable operation possible even at a low speed of 5 mm/ s(measurement based on JIS B8377). • Sliding resistance: Bi-directional low-friction operation possible. Pressing force can be controlled regardless of its direction. 20, 25, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 32, 40 200, 250, 300 20 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200 25,32,40 25, 50, 75, 100, 125 ,150, 200, 50,63,80,100 250, 300 0,02 ~ 0,7 5 ~ 500 0,02 ~ 0,7 0,01 ~0,7 * Bore size ** Stroke length Version without magnet, with rubber dumper, mounting brackets autoswitch on request. This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 132 Linear Actuators Speciality Cylinders Compact Metal-seal Low Friction Cylinder Series MQQ/MQM Bore size (mm) Part no. Standard strokes (mm) 10 10,20,30,40 16, 20 10,20,30,40,50,60 25, 28 10,20,30,40,50,75,100 10 10,20,30,40 16, 20 MQQLB * - * * D 10,20,30,40,50,60 25, 28 10,20,30,40,50,75,100 6 15,30,45,60 MQMTB * - * * D 10, 16, 20, 25 15,30,45,60,75,100 MQMLB * H - * * D 10, 16, 20, 25 15,30,45,60,75,100 MQQTB * - * * D Operating pressure (MPa) Speed (mm/s) 0,005 ~ 0,5 0,3 ~ 300 0,005 ~ 0,7 0,5 ~ 500 0,02 ~ 0,7 0,005 ~ 0,7 0,01 ~ 0,7 0,5 ~ 1000 5 ~ 3000 * Bore size ** Stroke length • Minimal friction as a result of metal seals and floating bearing of the mechanism. • Low breakaway pressure of 0.005 MPa. • Uniform, smooth operation, even at 0.3 mm/s. • Extended service life, 100 million cycles or 10,000 km. • High speed version up to 3 m/s. • Increased lateral load resistance as a result of integrated ball guides (in the version L). Possible types: MQQT/MQML Possible types: MQQL/MQML Possible types: MQML/MQMLH High-Power Cylinders Series RHC Part no. RHCB20 - * RHCB25 - * RHCB32 - * RHCB40 - * RHCB50 - * RHCB63 - * RHCB80 - * RHCB100- * Bore size Ø (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Standard stroke (mm) Effective Max. stroke Max. energy absorption (J) cushion stroke (mm) (mm) 200 - 700 200 - 1000 1500 200 - 1200 200 - 1400 200 - 1500 7 12 21 33 47 84 127 196 both sides 80 * Stroke length Auto switch/mounting bracket • High-speed special cylinder up to 3000 mm/sec. • 8 Sizes, Ø 20 to Ø 100 mm. • Maximum stroke 1500 mm. • Integrated cushion adjustment and long cushion strokes ensure smooth operation and absorbing capacity a high kinetic energy. 25 32 50 63 20 40 80 100 Bore size (mm) Mounting bracket BMA2-020 BMA2-025 BMA2-032 BMA2-040 BMA2-050 BMA2-063 BA-08 BA-10 Reed switch D-B54L D-C73L, D-C80L 3-wire solid state NPN D-H7A1L 3-wire solid state PNP D-H7A2L Accessories - Mounting brackets Bore size (mm) 25 63 80 100 32 50 20 40 Foot RHC-L020 RHC-L025 RHC-L032 RHC-L040 RHC-L050 RHC-L063 RHC-L080 RHC-L100 Flange RHC-F020 RHC-F025 RHC-F032 RHC-F040 RHC-F050 RHC-F063 RHC-F080 RHC-F100 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 133 Linear Actuators 6 Linear Actuators Speciality Cylinders Rotary Clamp Cylinder Series MK2/MK2T Ø (mm) Part no. MK2B20 MK2B25 MK2B32 MK2B40 MK2B50 MK2B63 - 20 25 32 40 50 63 ** N ** N ** N ** N ** N ** N * * * * * * Standard Stroke (mm) Port sizes Cushion M5 10, 20 G1/8 20, 50 G1/4 Standard Stroke (mm) Port sizes Rubber bumper * Stroke length ** L… Counter-clockwise rotation R… Clockwise rotation • Bore sizes 20 - 63 mm, strokes max. 50 mm • Rotary movement either clockwise or counterclockwise. • Stroke end detection by Reed switch. • Clamping force up to max. theoretical value of 1400 N. Ø (mm) Part no. MK2TB20 MK2TB25 MK2TB32 MK2TB40 MK2TB50 MK2TB63 - * * * * * * 20 25 32 40 50 63 ** N ** N ** N ** N ** N ** N Cushion M5 10, 20 G1/8 20, 50 Rubber bumper G1/4 * Stroke length ** L… Counter-clockwise rotation R… Clockwise rotation Combined linear and rotary movement 6 Possible auto switches Type Reed switch 3-wire solid state PNP Linear Actuators 2-wire solid state Stopper Cylinder Series RSQ Part no. Ø (mm) RSDQB12 -10D ** RSDQB16 - * D ** ERSDQB20 - * D ** ERSDQB32 - * D ** ERSDQB40 - * D ** ERSDQB50 - * D ** 12 16 20 32 40 50 Ø 12 - 16 mm Ø 20 - 63 mm D-A93L, D-A90L D-M9PWL D-M9BWL D-A73L, D-A80L D-F7PL D-J79L Standard strokes (mm) 10 10, 15 Port sizes Cushion M5 x 0,8 10, 15, 20 Rubber bumper G1/8 20, 25, 30 * Stroke length - … Round bar type ** Version: R… Roller type Lever Version • Bore sizes ø 12 – 50 mm, strokes max. 30 mm. • Reinforced piston rod and bearings allow increased radial load. • Compact short stroke cylinder. • Double-acting , single acting (Safety function). • 3 piston rod options for optimum solution of the stop task. • Stroke end detection by auto switches. Part no. Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) ERSDQB32 - * DL ERSDQB40 - * DL ERSDQB50 - * DL 32 40 50 10, 15, 20 20, 25, 30 Port sizes Cushion G1/8 Rubber bumper * Stroke length Possible auto switches Type Reed switch 3-wire solid state PNP 2-wire solid state Ø 12 mm Ø 16 - 50 mm D-A93L, D-A90L D-M9PWL D-M9BWL D-A73L, D-A80L D-F7PL D-J79L This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 134 Linear Actuators Speciality Cylinders Heavy duty Stopper Cylinder Series RSH/RS1H Double-acting with steel roller, lock mechanism Part no. Ø (mm) Standard strokes (mm) RSH20-15DM-D RSH32TF-20DM-D RS1H50TF-30DM-D RS1H63TF-30DM-D RS1H80TF-40DM-D 20 32 50 63 80 15 20 30 30 40 Port sizes Cushion M5 G1/8 Adjustable shock absorber G1/4 Other roller materials and variations available on request. • Bore sizes-ø 20 – 80 mm, strokes 15 – 40 mm. • Heavy duty stopper cylinder with integrated shock-absorber for gently stopping of the load via roller lever. • Compact size and stable mounting flange. • Double-acting, single-acting spring extended (safety function). • Lock mechanism on the roller lever prevents the load from rebounding after braking. • Stroke end detection by auto switch. Lever basic position Lever lock Locked cancel 6 Roller on piston rod Linear Actuators Operation mode RSQ, RSH Lever Version Work piece is stopped Work piece is stopped gently Work piece can pass Work piece can pass Next work piece is awaited Next work piece is awaited This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 135 Linear Actuators Speciality Cylinders Escapement Series MIW/MIS MIS - Single finger type Part no. MIS8- * D MIS12- * D MIS20- * D MIS25- * D MIS32TF- * D Nº-of Finger Operating Bore size stroke (mm) pressure (MPa) fingers (mm) 8 12 20 25 32 10, 20 10, 20, 30 10, 20, 30 30, 50 30, 50 0.2 ~ 0.7 Auto switch 3-wire: NPN: D-M9NL 3-wire: PNP: D-M9BL 2-wire solid state D-M9BL 1 * Stroke length MIW - Double finger type • Alternatively in single finger (MIS) or double finger (MIW) type. • Extended sevice life, since the piston and finger have a floating connection, avoiding moment loads on the seals, etc. • 3 different finger designs. • Sequential operation of both fingers with the MIW. • Optional stroke adjustment, scrapers possible. Part no. MIW8-8D MIW12-12D MIW20-20D MIW25-25D MIW32TF-32D Nº-of Finger Bore size Operating stroke (mm) pressure (MPa) fingers (mm) 8 12 20 25 32 8 12 20 25 32 0.2 ~ 0.7 2 Auto switch 3-wire: NPN: D-M9NL 3-wire: PNP: D-M9BL 2-wire solid state D-M9BL Linear Actuators 6 Stainless Steel Cylinder Series CJ5/CG5 Built-in magnet, NBR seals Part no. CDJ5B * SR- ** -B Bore size (mm) 10, 16 Water Operating resistant pressure (MPa) auto switches Standard strokes (mm) 15,30,45,60,75,100,125, 150, for Ø16: 175, 200 20 25,50,75,100,125,150,200 CDG5BN * SR- ** 25, 32, 40, 50, 25, 50, 75,100,125 63, 80, 100 150, 200, 250, 300 Cylinder mounting Series ø (mm) Foot type Flange type D-H7BAL 0.05~1.0 D-G5BAL on request: without magnet, FKM seals, long stroke version * Bore size ** Stroke length • SUS304 - stainless steel. • Special scrapers provide optimum piston rod sealing. • Seals either NBR or FKM. • FDA approved grease suitable for food processing applications. • CG5 can be disassembled, therefore maintenance-friendly. 0.1 ~ 0.7 CDJ5 10 CJ-L016SUS CJ-F016SUS 16 CJK-L016SUS CJK-F016SUS CDG5 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 CG-L0 ** SUS CG-F0 ** SUS ** Enter the bore size Mounting band for autoswitch CDJ5 Serie CDG5 10 16 ø (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Mounting BJ2-010S BJ2-016S NBA-088S NBA-106S BGS1-032S BAF-04S BAF-05S BAF-06S BAF-08S BAF-10S band This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 136 Linear Actuators Shock Absorbers Shock Absorber Series RB/RBC M6•M8•M10•M14•M20•M27 Standard Part no. Thread on the body Stroke (mm) Max. energy absorption Max. operation (cycles/min) Max. impact speed RB0604 RB0806 RB1007 RB1412 RB2015 RB2725 M6 x 0.75 M8 x 1 M10 x 1 M14 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5 M27 x 1,5 4 6 7 12 15 25 0.5 J 2.94 J 5.88 J 19.6 J 58.8 J 147 J 80 80 70 45 25 10 1 m/s Part no. Thread on the body Stroke (mm) Max. energy absorption Max. operation (cycles/min) RBC0806 RBC1007 RBC1412 RBC2015 RBC2725 M8 x 1 M10 x 1 M14 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5 M27 x 1,5 6 7 12 15 25 2.94 J 5.88 J 19.6 J 58.8 J 147 J 80 70 45 25 10 5 m/s With cap • Component for stroke end damping with optimum effect. • Increased efficiency by use of hydraulic principle resulting in minimum dimensions. • Automatic adjustment system for each size allows a wide range of applications. • Impact speed up to max. 5 m/sec. • The ring area on the front can also be used as a mechanical stop to a certain extent. Max. impact speed 5 m/s 6 Series RBQ/RBQC M16•M20•M25•M30•M32 Metall stopper Max. operation (cycles/min) Max. impact speed 1.96 J 11.8 J 19.6 J 33.3 J 49 J 60 60 45 45 30 3 m/s Stroke (mm) Max. energy absorption Max. operation (cycles/min) 4 7 8 8,5 13 1.96 J 11.8 J 19.6 J 33.3 J 49 J 60 60 45 45 30 Part no. Thread on the body Stroke (mm) RBQ1604 RBQ2007 RBQ2508 RBQ3009 RBQ3213 M16 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5 M25 x 1,5 M30 x 1,5 M32 x 1,5 4 7 8 8,5 13 Part no. Thread on the body RBQC1604 RBQC2007 RBQC2508 RBQC3009 RBQC3213 M16 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5 M25 x 1,5 M30 x 1,5 M32 x 1,5 Max. energy absorption Rubber stopper • New design principle (external plunger) enables a high space efficiency with minimum dimensions. • Automatic adjustment. • Ideal mounting options and adjustment with continuous male thread on the body. • Impact speed max. 3 m/s. • Stopper with either metallic or with rubber cap with the same mounting dimensions. • Enclosed system produces increased operational security and is maintenance-free. Max. impact speed 3 m/s This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 137 Linear Actuators Shock Absorber Linear Actuators Cylinders with Lock Cylinders with lock • Mechanical locking of the piston rod at the stroke ends. • Separate compressed air supply not required. • Manually releasable. • For either retraction or extension direction (both directions on request). Open Close Locks Series CBG1 Series CBM2 Bore size 20 to 40 Bore size 20 to 100 Clamp position Both ends Series MGP Series CBA1 Bore size 40 to 100 Clamp position Both ends Series CXS Series MGG Bore size 20 to 100 Clamp position Both ends Clamp position Both ends Series MTS Series CXW Linear Actuators 6 Bore size 20 to 100 Clamp position One side Bore size 6, 10, 15, 20 to 32 Series MXS Bore size 8, 12, 16 to 25 Bore size 10, 16 to 32 Clamp position One end Series MXQ Clamp position One side Bore size 8, 12, 16 to 25 Clamp position Both ends Bore size 12, 16 to 40 Clamp position One side Series MY1H Clamp position One side Bore size 16 to 40 Clamp position Both ends Bore size in (mm) Possible clamp position Series CBM2 Both ends CBG1 Both ends CBA2 Both ends Standard cylinder MGG Both ends Guide cylinder MGP One side Dual rod cylinder CXS Retraction Slide Unit CXW One side Precision Cylinder MTS One side MXS One side MXQ One side MY1H Both ends Slide Unit Rodless cylinder Bore size (mm) 6 8 10 12 15 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 138 Linear Actuators Cylinders with Lock Cylinders with fixing elements • Mechanical lock mechanism. • Can be locked at any position within the entire stroke. • Locking is possible at any desired position. • Able to easily accommodate changes in work piece thickness. • It is the best for the emergency stop and the fall prevention, etc. • The stop at the middle pòsition is possible. (CLQ Series / MLGP series is excluded) • Series from ø 16 to ø 250 mm available. Series CLJ2 Bore size 16 LO LO Series CLM2 Clamp direction Both ends Series CNS Bore size 20 to 40 Series CNA Series CNG Clamp direction Both ends Bore size 20 to 40 Series CLS Bore size 40 to 100 Clamp direction Both ends Series CLQ . CK CK Clamp direction Both ends Series C95N Bore size 32 to 100 Clamp direction Both ends Series MLGP 6 Clamp direction Both ends Bore size 125 to 250 Clamp direction Both ends Bore size 20 to 100 Clamp direction One side Bore size 20 to 100 Clamp direction One side Linear Actuators Bore size 125 to 160 Series MLGC Bore size 20 to 40 Clamp direction Both ends Bore size in (mm) Clamp method Series Clamp direction CLJ2 Konus clamp arm Both ends CLM2 Konus ball lining Both ends CNG Konus ball lining Both ends CNA Konus ball lining Both ends C95N MNB Konus ball lining Both ends CNS Konus ball lining Both ends CLS Eccentric Eccentricdisc bush Both ends Compact Cylinder CLQ Air/spring disc One side Guide cylinder MLGP Air/spring disc One side Guide cylinder MLGC Konus clamp arm Standard cylinder Bore size (mm) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 140 160 180 200 250 Both side This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office. 139
Similar documents
1 - SMC
How to Order Connector Assembly (for a manifold with 8 stations or less with an unspecified layout) Series
More informationLastenheft Mechanik für die Fertigungen Motor, Getriebe
3.2.1.1 3-port 2-position valve ........................................................................................... 19
More informationhousehold furniture, lounges, whitegoods, mobile plant
Canon Photocopying/Scanning Machine Model GP335, with Side Chute
More informationRepair Parts CATALOG - Sunnen Products Company
Screws (1/4-20 x ½ Soc. Head Cap) Screws (10-32 x1½ Soc. Head Cap) Universal Ring includes
More information